2020-03-06 18:17:44 +01:00
|
|
|
HXCOMM Use DEFHEADING() to define headings in both help text and rST.
|
|
|
|
HXCOMM Text between SRST and ERST is copied to the rST version and
|
|
|
|
HXCOMM discarded from C version.
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
HXCOMM DEF(option, HAS_ARG/0, opt_enum, opt_help, arch_mask) is used to
|
|
|
|
HXCOMM construct option structures, enums and help message for specified
|
|
|
|
HXCOMM architectures.
|
2020-03-06 18:17:44 +01:00
|
|
|
HXCOMM HXCOMM can be used for comments, discarded from both rST and C.
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2017-10-02 16:03:00 +02:00
|
|
|
DEFHEADING(Standard options:)
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_h,
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-h or -help display this help and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-h``
|
|
|
|
Display help and exit
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-08 00:58:45 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("version", 0, QEMU_OPTION_version,
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-version display version information and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-version``
|
|
|
|
Display version information and exit
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-04-08 00:58:45 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2011-07-23 12:39:46 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("machine", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_machine, \
|
|
|
|
"-machine [type=]name[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
|
2012-10-04 17:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
" selects emulated machine ('-machine help' for list)\n"
|
2011-07-23 12:39:46 +02:00
|
|
|
" property accel=accel1[:accel2[:...]] selects accelerator\n"
|
2021-04-02 22:25:32 +02:00
|
|
|
" supported accelerators are kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg (default: tcg)\n"
|
2014-11-21 17:18:52 +01:00
|
|
|
" vmport=on|off|auto controls emulation of vmport (default: auto)\n"
|
2012-09-05 21:50:16 +02:00
|
|
|
" dump-guest-core=on|off include guest memory in a core dump (default=on)\n"
|
2014-08-16 07:55:40 +02:00
|
|
|
" mem-merge=on|off controls memory merge support (default: on)\n"
|
2015-03-12 13:53:51 +01:00
|
|
|
" aes-key-wrap=on|off controls support for AES key wrapping (default=on)\n"
|
2015-02-23 13:56:42 +01:00
|
|
|
" dea-key-wrap=on|off controls support for DEA key wrapping (default=on)\n"
|
nvdimm acpi: build ACPI NFIT table
NFIT is defined in ACPI 6.0: 5.2.25 NVDIMM Firmware Interface Table (NFIT)
Currently, we only support PMEM mode. Each device has 3 structures:
- SPA structure, defines the PMEM region info
- MEM DEV structure, it has the @handle which is used to associate specified
ACPI NVDIMM device we will introduce in later patch.
Also we can happily ignored the memory device's interleave, the real
nvdimm hardware access is hidden behind host
- DCR structure, it defines vendor ID used to associate specified vendor
nvdimm driver. Since we only implement PMEM mode this time, Command
window and Data window are not needed
The NVDIMM functionality is controlled by the parameter, 'nvdimm', which
is introduced for the machine, there is a example to enable it:
-machine pc,nvdimm -m 8G,maxmem=100G,slots=100 -object \
memory-backend-file,id=mem1,share,mem-path=/tmp/nvdimm1,size=10G -device \
nvdimm,memdev=mem1,id=nv1
It is disabled on default
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xiao Guangrong <guangrong.xiao@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
2015-12-02 08:20:58 +01:00
|
|
|
" suppress-vmdesc=on|off disables self-describing migration (default=off)\n"
|
2016-02-18 12:32:25 +01:00
|
|
|
" nvdimm=on|off controls NVDIMM support (default=off)\n"
|
2019-12-13 02:19:22 +01:00
|
|
|
" memory-encryption=@var{} memory encryption object to use (default=none)\n"
|
2021-01-21 17:15:04 +01:00
|
|
|
" hmat=on|off controls ACPI HMAT support (default=off)\n"
|
|
|
|
" memory-backend='backend-id' specifies explicitly provided backend for main RAM (default=none)\n",
|
2011-07-23 12:39:46 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-machine [type=]name[,prop=value[,...]]``
|
|
|
|
Select the emulated machine by name. Use ``-machine help`` to list
|
|
|
|
available machines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For architectures which aim to support live migration compatibility
|
|
|
|
across releases, each release will introduce a new versioned machine
|
|
|
|
type. For example, the 2.8.0 release introduced machine types
|
|
|
|
"pc-i440fx-2.8" and "pc-q35-2.8" for the x86\_64/i686 architectures.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To allow live migration of guests from QEMU version 2.8.0, to QEMU
|
|
|
|
version 2.9.0, the 2.9.0 version must support the "pc-i440fx-2.8"
|
|
|
|
and "pc-q35-2.8" machines too. To allow users live migrating VMs to
|
|
|
|
skip multiple intermediate releases when upgrading, new releases of
|
|
|
|
QEMU will support machine types from many previous versions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supported machine properties are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``accel=accels1[:accels2[:...]]``
|
|
|
|
This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
|
2021-04-02 22:25:32 +02:00
|
|
|
architecture, kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
By default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
|
|
|
|
specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
|
|
|
|
initialize.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``vmport=on|off|auto``
|
|
|
|
Enables emulation of VMWare IO port, for vmmouse etc. auto says
|
|
|
|
to select the value based on accel. For accel=xen the default is
|
|
|
|
off otherwise the default is on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``dump-guest-core=on|off``
|
|
|
|
Include guest memory in a core dump. The default is on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``mem-merge=on|off``
|
|
|
|
Enables or disables memory merge support. This feature, when
|
|
|
|
supported by the host, de-duplicates identical memory pages
|
|
|
|
among VMs instances (enabled by default).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``aes-key-wrap=on|off``
|
|
|
|
Enables or disables AES key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
|
|
|
|
This feature controls whether AES wrapping keys will be created
|
|
|
|
to allow execution of AES cryptographic functions. The default
|
|
|
|
is on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``dea-key-wrap=on|off``
|
|
|
|
Enables or disables DEA key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
|
|
|
|
This feature controls whether DEA wrapping keys will be created
|
|
|
|
to allow execution of DEA cryptographic functions. The default
|
|
|
|
is on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``nvdimm=on|off``
|
|
|
|
Enables or disables NVDIMM support. The default is off.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``memory-encryption=``
|
|
|
|
Memory encryption object to use. The default is none.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``hmat=on|off``
|
|
|
|
Enables or disables ACPI Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table
|
|
|
|
(HMAT) support. The default is off.
|
2021-01-21 17:15:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2021-07-19 12:52:57 +02:00
|
|
|
``memory-backend='id'``
|
2021-01-21 17:15:04 +01:00
|
|
|
An alternative to legacy ``-mem-path`` and ``mem-prealloc`` options.
|
|
|
|
Allows to use a memory backend as main RAM.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
|
|
::
|
2021-07-19 12:52:57 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-object memory-backend-file,id=pc.ram,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,prealloc=on,share=on
|
|
|
|
-machine memory-backend=pc.ram
|
|
|
|
-m 512M
|
2021-01-21 17:15:04 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Migration compatibility note:
|
2021-07-19 12:52:57 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* as backend id one shall use value of 'default-ram-id', advertised by
|
|
|
|
machine type (available via ``query-machines`` QMP command), if migration
|
|
|
|
to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
|
|
|
|
* for machine types 4.0 and older, user shall
|
|
|
|
use ``x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off`` backend option
|
|
|
|
if migration to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-01-21 17:15:04 +01:00
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
|
|
::
|
2021-07-19 12:52:57 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-object memory-backend-ram,id=pc.ram,size=512M,x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off
|
|
|
|
-machine memory-backend=pc.ram
|
|
|
|
-m 512M
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
vl: Add sgx compound properties to expose SGX EPC sections to guest
Because SGX EPC is enumerated through CPUID, EPC "devices" need to be
realized prior to realizing the vCPUs themselves, i.e. long before
generic devices are parsed and realized. From a virtualization
perspective, the CPUID aspect also means that EPC sections cannot be
hotplugged without paravirtualizing the guest kernel (hardware does
not support hotplugging as EPC sections must be locked down during
pre-boot to provide EPC's security properties).
So even though EPC sections could be realized through the generic
-devices command, they need to be created much earlier for them to
actually be usable by the guest. Place all EPC sections in a
contiguous block, somewhat arbitrarily starting after RAM above 4g.
Ensuring EPC is in a contiguous region simplifies calculations, e.g.
device memory base, PCI hole, etc..., allows dynamic calculation of the
total EPC size, e.g. exposing EPC to guests does not require -maxmem,
and last but not least allows all of EPC to be enumerated in a single
ACPI entry, which is expected by some kernels, e.g. Windows 7 and 8.
The new compound properties command for sgx like below:
......
-object memory-backend-epc,id=mem1,size=28M,prealloc=on \
-object memory-backend-epc,id=mem2,size=10M \
-M sgx-epc.0.memdev=mem1,sgx-epc.1.memdev=mem2
Signed-off-by: Sean Christopherson <sean.j.christopherson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Yang Zhong <yang.zhong@intel.com>
Message-Id: <20210719112136.57018-6-yang.zhong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
2021-09-28 10:40:58 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("M", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_M,
|
|
|
|
" sgx-epc.0.memdev=memid\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``sgx-epc.0.memdev=@var{memid}``
|
|
|
|
Define an SGX EPC section.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2011-07-23 12:39:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("cpu", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cpu,
|
2012-10-04 17:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
"-cpu cpu select CPU ('-cpu help' for list)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-cpu model``
|
|
|
|
Select CPU model (``-cpu help`` for list and additional feature
|
|
|
|
selection)
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2017-02-23 19:29:08 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("accel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_accel,
|
2019-11-13 15:16:44 +01:00
|
|
|
"-accel [accel=]accelerator[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
|
2021-04-02 22:25:32 +02:00
|
|
|
" select accelerator (kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg; use 'help' for a list)\n"
|
2019-11-13 10:56:53 +01:00
|
|
|
" igd-passthru=on|off (enable Xen integrated Intel graphics passthrough, default=off)\n"
|
2019-11-13 10:56:53 +01:00
|
|
|
" kernel-irqchip=on|off|split controls accelerated irqchip support (default=on)\n"
|
2019-11-13 10:56:53 +01:00
|
|
|
" kvm-shadow-mem=size of KVM shadow MMU in bytes\n"
|
2020-10-29 04:50:29 +01:00
|
|
|
" split-wx=on|off (enable TCG split w^x mapping)\n"
|
2019-11-13 15:16:44 +01:00
|
|
|
" tb-size=n (TCG translation block cache size)\n"
|
2021-05-06 18:05:47 +02:00
|
|
|
" dirty-ring-size=n (KVM dirty ring GFN count, default 0)\n"
|
2018-06-11 21:56:07 +02:00
|
|
|
" thread=single|multi (enable multi-threaded TCG)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-accel name[,prop=value[,...]]``
|
|
|
|
This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
|
2021-04-02 22:25:32 +02:00
|
|
|
architecture, kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available. By
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
|
|
|
|
specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
|
|
|
|
initialize.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``igd-passthru=on|off``
|
|
|
|
When Xen is in use, this option controls whether Intel
|
|
|
|
integrated graphics devices can be passed through to the guest
|
|
|
|
(default=off)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``kernel-irqchip=on|off|split``
|
|
|
|
Controls KVM in-kernel irqchip support. The default is full
|
|
|
|
acceleration of the interrupt controllers. On x86, split irqchip
|
|
|
|
reduces the kernel attack surface, at a performance cost for
|
|
|
|
non-MSI interrupts. Disabling the in-kernel irqchip completely
|
|
|
|
is not recommended except for debugging purposes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``kvm-shadow-mem=size``
|
|
|
|
Defines the size of the KVM shadow MMU.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-10-29 04:50:29 +01:00
|
|
|
``split-wx=on|off``
|
|
|
|
Controls the use of split w^x mapping for the TCG code generation
|
|
|
|
buffer. Some operating systems require this to be enabled, and in
|
|
|
|
such a case this will default on. On other operating systems, this
|
|
|
|
will default off, but one may enable this for testing or debugging.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
``tb-size=n``
|
|
|
|
Controls the size (in MiB) of the TCG translation block cache.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``thread=single|multi``
|
|
|
|
Controls number of TCG threads. When the TCG is multi-threaded
|
2021-03-09 12:15:10 +01:00
|
|
|
there will be one thread per vCPU therefore taking advantage of
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
additional host cores. The default is to enable multi-threading
|
|
|
|
where both the back-end and front-ends support it and no
|
|
|
|
incompatible TCG features have been enabled (e.g.
|
|
|
|
icount/replay).
|
2021-05-06 18:05:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``dirty-ring-size=n``
|
|
|
|
When the KVM accelerator is used, it controls the size of the per-vCPU
|
|
|
|
dirty page ring buffer (number of entries for each vCPU). It should
|
|
|
|
be a value that is power of two, and it should be 1024 or bigger (but
|
|
|
|
still less than the maximum value that the kernel supports). 4096
|
|
|
|
could be a good initial value if you have no idea which is the best.
|
|
|
|
Set this value to 0 to disable the feature. By default, this feature
|
|
|
|
is disabled (dirty-ring-size=0). When enabled, KVM will instead
|
|
|
|
record dirty pages in a bitmap.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
ERST
|
2017-02-23 19:29:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("smp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smp,
|
2021-06-22 16:32:02 +02:00
|
|
|
"-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=cpus][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]\n"
|
2009-07-23 17:03:42 +02:00
|
|
|
" set the number of CPUs to 'n' [default=1]\n"
|
2021-06-22 16:30:43 +02:00
|
|
|
" maxcpus= maximum number of total CPUs, including\n"
|
2010-01-06 20:33:57 +01:00
|
|
|
" offline CPUs for hotplug, etc\n"
|
2021-06-22 16:30:43 +02:00
|
|
|
" sockets= number of discrete sockets in the system\n"
|
2019-06-20 07:45:25 +02:00
|
|
|
" dies= number of CPU dies on one socket (for PC only)\n"
|
2021-06-22 16:30:43 +02:00
|
|
|
" cores= number of CPU cores on one socket (for PC, it's on one die)\n"
|
|
|
|
" threads= number of threads on one CPU core\n",
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
2021-06-22 16:32:02 +02:00
|
|
|
``-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]``
|
2021-06-22 17:17:09 +02:00
|
|
|
Simulate a SMP system with '\ ``n``\ ' CPUs initially present on
|
|
|
|
the machine type board. On boards supporting CPU hotplug, the optional
|
|
|
|
'\ ``maxcpus``\ ' parameter can be set to enable further CPUs to be
|
2021-09-29 04:58:05 +02:00
|
|
|
added at runtime. When both parameters are omitted, the maximum number
|
|
|
|
of CPUs will be calculated from the provided topology members and the
|
|
|
|
initial CPU count will match the maximum number. When only one of them
|
|
|
|
is given then the omitted one will be set to its counterpart's value.
|
|
|
|
Both parameters may be specified, but the maximum number of CPUs must
|
|
|
|
be equal to or greater than the initial CPU count. Both parameters are
|
|
|
|
subject to an upper limit that is determined by the specific machine
|
|
|
|
type chosen.
|
2021-06-22 17:17:09 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To control reporting of CPU topology information, the number of sockets,
|
|
|
|
dies per socket, cores per die, and threads per core can be specified.
|
|
|
|
The sum `` sockets * cores * dies * threads `` must be equal to the
|
|
|
|
maximum CPU count. CPU targets may only support a subset of the topology
|
|
|
|
parameters. Where a CPU target does not support use of a particular
|
|
|
|
topology parameter, its value should be assumed to be 1 for the purpose
|
|
|
|
of computing the CPU maximum count.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Either the initial CPU count, or at least one of the topology parameters
|
2021-09-29 04:58:02 +02:00
|
|
|
must be specified. The specified parameters must be greater than zero,
|
|
|
|
explicit configuration like "cpus=0" is not allowed. Values for any
|
|
|
|
omitted parameters will be computed from those which are given.
|
|
|
|
Historically preference was given to the coarsest topology parameters
|
|
|
|
when computing missing values (ie sockets preferred over cores, which
|
|
|
|
were preferred over threads), however, this behaviour is considered
|
|
|
|
liable to change.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-22 00:30:27 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("numa", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_numa,
|
2019-12-13 02:19:22 +01:00
|
|
|
"-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
|
|
|
|
"-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
|
2017-11-28 15:53:58 +01:00
|
|
|
"-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance\n"
|
2019-12-13 02:19:23 +01:00
|
|
|
"-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]\n"
|
2019-12-13 02:19:24 +01:00
|
|
|
"-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=memory|first-level|second-level|third-level,data-type=access-latency|read-latency|write-latency[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]\n"
|
|
|
|
"-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=none|direct|complex][,policy=none|write-back|write-through][,line=size]\n",
|
2017-11-28 15:53:58 +01:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
``-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
|
|
|
|
\
|
|
|
|
``-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
|
|
|
|
\
|
|
|
|
``-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance``
|
|
|
|
\
|
|
|
|
``-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]``
|
|
|
|
\
|
|
|
|
``-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=hierarchy,data-type=tpye[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]``
|
|
|
|
\
|
|
|
|
``-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=str][,policy=str][,line=size]``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Define a NUMA node and assign RAM and VCPUs to it. Set the NUMA
|
|
|
|
distance from a source node to a destination node. Set the ACPI
|
|
|
|
Heterogeneous Memory Attributes for the given nodes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legacy VCPU assignment uses '\ ``cpus``\ ' option where firstcpu and
|
|
|
|
lastcpu are CPU indexes. Each '\ ``cpus``\ ' option represent a
|
|
|
|
contiguous range of CPU indexes (or a single VCPU if lastcpu is
|
|
|
|
omitted). A non-contiguous set of VCPUs can be represented by
|
|
|
|
providing multiple '\ ``cpus``\ ' options. If '\ ``cpus``\ ' is
|
|
|
|
omitted on all nodes, VCPUs are automatically split between them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, the following option assigns VCPUs 0, 1, 2 and 5 to a
|
|
|
|
NUMA node:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-numa node,cpus=0-2,cpus=5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
'\ ``cpu``\ ' option is a new alternative to '\ ``cpus``\ ' option
|
|
|
|
which uses '\ ``socket-id|core-id|thread-id``\ ' properties to
|
|
|
|
assign CPU objects to a node using topology layout properties of
|
|
|
|
CPU. The set of properties is machine specific, and depends on used
|
|
|
|
machine type/'\ ``smp``\ ' options. It could be queried with
|
|
|
|
'\ ``hotpluggable-cpus``\ ' monitor command. '\ ``node-id``\ '
|
|
|
|
property specifies node to which CPU object will be assigned, it's
|
|
|
|
required for node to be declared with '\ ``node``\ ' option before
|
|
|
|
it's used with '\ ``cpu``\ ' option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-M pc \
|
|
|
|
-smp 1,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
|
|
|
|
-numa node,nodeid=0 -numa node,nodeid=1 \
|
|
|
|
-numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 -numa cpu,node-id=1,socket-id=1
|
|
|
|
|
2020-06-09 15:56:35 +02:00
|
|
|
Legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' assigns a given RAM amount to a node (not supported
|
|
|
|
for 5.1 and newer machine types). '\ ``memdev``\ ' assigns RAM from
|
|
|
|
a given memory backend device to a node. If '\ ``mem``\ ' and
|
|
|
|
'\ ``memdev``\ ' are omitted in all nodes, RAM is split equally between them.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
'\ ``mem``\ ' and '\ ``memdev``\ ' are mutually exclusive.
|
|
|
|
Furthermore, if one node uses '\ ``memdev``\ ', all of them have to
|
|
|
|
use it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
'\ ``initiator``\ ' is an additional option that points to an
|
|
|
|
initiator NUMA node that has best performance (the lowest latency or
|
|
|
|
largest bandwidth) to this NUMA node. Note that this option can be
|
|
|
|
set only when the machine property 'hmat' is set to 'on'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Following example creates a machine with 2 NUMA nodes, node 0 has
|
|
|
|
CPU. node 1 has only memory, and its initiator is node 0. Note that
|
|
|
|
because node 0 has CPU, by default the initiator of node 0 is itself
|
|
|
|
and must be itself.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-machine hmat=on \
|
|
|
|
-m 2G,slots=2,maxmem=4G \
|
|
|
|
-object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
|
|
|
|
-object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
|
|
|
|
-numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
|
|
|
|
-numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
|
|
|
|
-smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
|
|
|
|
-numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
|
|
|
|
-numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
source and destination are NUMA node IDs. distance is the NUMA
|
|
|
|
distance from source to destination. The distance from a node to
|
|
|
|
itself is always 10. If any pair of nodes is given a distance, then
|
|
|
|
all pairs must be given distances. Although, when distances are only
|
|
|
|
given in one direction for each pair of nodes, then the distances in
|
|
|
|
the opposite directions are assumed to be the same. If, however, an
|
|
|
|
asymmetrical pair of distances is given for even one node pair, then
|
|
|
|
all node pairs must be provided distance values for both directions,
|
|
|
|
even when they are symmetrical. When a node is unreachable from
|
|
|
|
another node, set the pair's distance to 255.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that the -``numa`` option doesn't allocate any of the specified
|
|
|
|
resources, it just assigns existing resources to NUMA nodes. This
|
|
|
|
means that one still has to use the ``-m``, ``-smp`` options to
|
|
|
|
allocate RAM and VCPUs respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' to set System Locality Latency and Bandwidth
|
|
|
|
Information between initiator and target NUMA nodes in ACPI
|
|
|
|
Heterogeneous Attribute Memory Table (HMAT). Initiator NUMA node can
|
|
|
|
create memory requests, usually it has one or more processors.
|
|
|
|
Target NUMA node contains addressable memory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' option, node are NUMA node IDs. hierarchy is
|
|
|
|
the memory hierarchy of the target NUMA node: if hierarchy is
|
|
|
|
'memory', the structure represents the memory performance; if
|
|
|
|
hierarchy is 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', this
|
|
|
|
structure represents aggregated performance of memory side caches
|
|
|
|
for each domain. type of 'data-type' is type of data represented by
|
|
|
|
this structure instance: if 'hierarchy' is 'memory', 'data-type' is
|
|
|
|
'access\|read\|write' latency or 'access\|read\|write' bandwidth of
|
|
|
|
the target memory; if 'hierarchy' is
|
|
|
|
'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', 'data-type' is
|
|
|
|
'access\|read\|write' hit latency or 'access\|read\|write' hit
|
|
|
|
bandwidth of the target memory side cache.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
lat is latency value in nanoseconds. bw is bandwidth value, the
|
|
|
|
possible value and units are NUM[M\|G\|T], mean that the bandwidth
|
|
|
|
value are NUM byte per second (or MB/s, GB/s or TB/s depending on
|
|
|
|
used suffix). Note that if latency or bandwidth value is 0, means
|
|
|
|
the corresponding latency or bandwidth information is not provided.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option, node-id is the NUMA-id of the memory
|
|
|
|
belongs. size is the size of memory side cache in bytes. level is
|
|
|
|
the cache level described in this structure, note that the cache
|
|
|
|
level 0 should not be used with '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option.
|
|
|
|
associativity is the cache associativity, the possible value is
|
|
|
|
'none/direct(direct-mapped)/complex(complex cache indexing)'. policy
|
|
|
|
is the write policy. line is the cache Line size in bytes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, the following options describe 2 NUMA nodes. Node 0 has
|
|
|
|
2 cpus and a ram, node 1 has only a ram. The processors in node 0
|
|
|
|
access memory in node 0 with access-latency 5 nanoseconds,
|
|
|
|
access-bandwidth is 200 MB/s; The processors in NUMA node 0 access
|
|
|
|
memory in NUMA node 1 with access-latency 10 nanoseconds,
|
|
|
|
access-bandwidth is 100 MB/s. And for memory side cache information,
|
|
|
|
NUMA node 0 and 1 both have 1 level memory cache, size is 10KB,
|
|
|
|
policy is write-back, the cache Line size is 8 bytes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-machine hmat=on \
|
|
|
|
-m 2G \
|
|
|
|
-object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
|
|
|
|
-object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
|
|
|
|
-smp 2 \
|
|
|
|
-numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
|
|
|
|
-numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
|
|
|
|
-numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
|
|
|
|
-numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1 \
|
|
|
|
-numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=5 \
|
|
|
|
-numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=200M \
|
|
|
|
-numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=10 \
|
|
|
|
-numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=100M \
|
|
|
|
-numa hmat-cache,node-id=0,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8 \
|
|
|
|
-numa hmat-cache,node-id=1,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-04-22 00:30:27 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2012-10-18 21:19:34 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("add-fd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_add_fd,
|
|
|
|
"-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]\n"
|
|
|
|
" Add 'fd' to fd 'set'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]``
|
|
|
|
Add a file descriptor to an fd set. Valid options are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``fd=fd``
|
|
|
|
This option defines the file descriptor of which a duplicate is
|
|
|
|
added to fd set. The file descriptor cannot be stdin, stdout, or
|
|
|
|
stderr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``set=set``
|
|
|
|
This option defines the ID of the fd set to add the file
|
|
|
|
descriptor to.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``opaque=opaque``
|
|
|
|
This option defines a free-form string that can be used to
|
|
|
|
describe fd.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
|
|
|
|
set:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|qemu_system| \\
|
|
|
|
-add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
|
|
|
|
-add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
-drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2012-10-18 21:19:34 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("set", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_set,
|
|
|
|
"-set group.id.arg=value\n"
|
|
|
|
" set <arg> parameter for item <id> of type <group>\n"
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
" i.e. -set drive.$id.file=/path/to/image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-set group.id.arg=value``
|
|
|
|
Set parameter arg for item id of type group
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("global", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_global,
|
2015-04-09 14:16:19 +02:00
|
|
|
"-global driver.property=value\n"
|
|
|
|
"-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value\n"
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
" set a global default for a driver property\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
``-global driver.prop=value``
|
|
|
|
\
|
|
|
|
``-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Set default value of driver's property prop to value, e.g.:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system_x86| -global ide-hd.physical_block_size=4096 disk-image.img
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In particular, you can use this to set driver properties for devices
|
|
|
|
which are created automatically by the machine model. To create a
|
|
|
|
device which is not created automatically and set properties on it,
|
|
|
|
use -``device``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-global driver.prop=value is shorthand for -global
|
|
|
|
driver=driver,property=prop,value=value. The longhand syntax works
|
|
|
|
even when driver contains a dot.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("boot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_boot,
|
2009-07-02 00:19:02 +02:00
|
|
|
"-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off]\n"
|
2013-03-19 07:23:27 +01:00
|
|
|
" [,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_time][,strict=on|off]\n"
|
2011-07-27 12:04:55 +02:00
|
|
|
" 'drives': floppy (a), hard disk (c), CD-ROM (d), network (n)\n"
|
|
|
|
" 'sp_name': the file's name that would be passed to bios as logo picture, if menu=on\n"
|
add a boot parameter to set reboot timeout
Added an option to let qemu transfer a configuration file to bios,
"etc/boot-fail-wait", which could be specified by command
-boot reboot-timeout=T
T have a max value of 0xffff, unit is ms.
With this option, guest will wait for a given time if not find
bootabled device, then reboot. If reboot-timeout is '-1', guest
will not reboot, qemu passes '-1' to bios by default.
This feature need the new seabios's support.
Seabios pulls the value from the fwcfg "file" interface, this
interface is used because SeaBIOS needs a reliable way of
obtaining a name, value size, and value. It in no way requires
that there be a real file on the user's host machine.
Signed-off-by: Amos Kong <akong@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
2012-09-07 05:11:03 +02:00
|
|
|
" 'sp_time': the period that splash picture last if menu=on, unit is ms\n"
|
|
|
|
" 'rb_timeout': the timeout before guest reboot when boot failed, unit is ms\n",
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off][,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_timeout][,strict=on|off]``
|
|
|
|
Specify boot order drives as a string of drive letters. Valid drive
|
|
|
|
letters depend on the target architecture. The x86 PC uses: a, b
|
|
|
|
(floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM), n-p
|
|
|
|
(Etherboot from network adapter 1-4), hard disk boot is the default.
|
|
|
|
To apply a particular boot order only on the first startup, specify
|
|
|
|
it via ``once``. Note that the ``order`` or ``once`` parameter
|
|
|
|
should not be used together with the ``bootindex`` property of
|
|
|
|
devices, since the firmware implementations normally do not support
|
|
|
|
both at the same time.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interactive boot menus/prompts can be enabled via ``menu=on`` as far
|
|
|
|
as firmware/BIOS supports them. The default is non-interactive boot.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A splash picture could be passed to bios, enabling user to show it
|
|
|
|
as logo, when option splash=sp\_name is given and menu=on, If
|
|
|
|
firmware/BIOS supports them. Currently Seabios for X86 system
|
|
|
|
support it. limitation: The splash file could be a jpeg file or a
|
|
|
|
BMP file in 24 BPP format(true color). The resolution should be
|
|
|
|
supported by the SVGA mode, so the recommended is 320x240, 640x480,
|
|
|
|
800x640.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A timeout could be passed to bios, guest will pause for rb\_timeout
|
|
|
|
ms when boot failed, then reboot. If rb\_timeout is '-1', guest will
|
|
|
|
not reboot, qemu passes '-1' to bios by default. Currently Seabios
|
|
|
|
for X86 system support it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Do strict boot via ``strict=on`` as far as firmware/BIOS supports
|
|
|
|
it. This only effects when boot priority is changed by bootindex
|
|
|
|
options. The default is non-strict boot.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# try to boot from network first, then from hard disk
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system_x86| -boot order=nc
|
|
|
|
# boot from CD-ROM first, switch back to default order after reboot
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system_x86| -boot once=d
|
|
|
|
# boot with a splash picture for 5 seconds.
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system_x86| -boot menu=on,splash=/root/boot.bmp,splash-time=5000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: The legacy format '-boot drives' is still supported but its
|
|
|
|
use is discouraged as it may be removed from future versions.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("m", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_m,
|
2016-11-10 15:51:32 +01:00
|
|
|
"-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]\n"
|
2013-11-27 01:27:35 +01:00
|
|
|
" configure guest RAM\n"
|
2015-06-05 11:05:03 +02:00
|
|
|
" size: initial amount of guest memory\n"
|
2014-06-02 15:25:02 +02:00
|
|
|
" slots: number of hotplug slots (default: none)\n"
|
2014-08-28 17:25:33 +02:00
|
|
|
" maxmem: maximum amount of guest memory (default: none)\n"
|
|
|
|
"NOTE: Some architectures might enforce a specific granularity\n",
|
2013-11-27 01:27:35 +01:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]``
|
|
|
|
Sets guest startup RAM size to megs megabytes. Default is 128 MiB.
|
|
|
|
Optionally, a suffix of "M" or "G" can be used to signify a value in
|
|
|
|
megabytes or gigabytes respectively. Optional pair slots, maxmem
|
|
|
|
could be used to set amount of hotpluggable memory slots and maximum
|
|
|
|
amount of memory. Note that maxmem must be aligned to the page size.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, the following command-line sets the guest startup RAM
|
|
|
|
size to 1GB, creates 3 slots to hotplug additional memory and sets
|
|
|
|
the maximum memory the guest can reach to 4GB:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system| -m 1G,slots=3,maxmem=4G
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If slots and maxmem are not specified, memory hotplug won't be
|
|
|
|
enabled and the guest startup RAM will never increase.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-03-02 00:25:08 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("mem-path", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mempath,
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-mem-path FILE provide backing storage for guest RAM\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-mem-path path``
|
|
|
|
Allocate guest RAM from a temporarily created file in path.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2010-03-02 00:25:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("mem-prealloc", 0, QEMU_OPTION_mem_prealloc,
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-mem-prealloc preallocate guest memory (use with -mem-path)\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-mem-prealloc``
|
|
|
|
Preallocate memory when using -mem-path.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2010-03-02 00:25:08 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("k", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_k,
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-k language use keyboard layout (for example 'fr' for French)\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-k language``
|
|
|
|
Use keyboard layout language (for example ``fr`` for French). This
|
|
|
|
option is only needed where it is not easy to get raw PC keycodes
|
|
|
|
(e.g. on Macs, with some X11 servers or with a VNC or curses
|
|
|
|
display). You don't normally need to use it on PC/Linux or
|
|
|
|
PC/Windows hosts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The available layouts are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ar de-ch es fo fr-ca hu ja mk no pt-br sv
|
|
|
|
da en-gb et fr fr-ch is lt nl pl ru th
|
|
|
|
de en-us fi fr-be hr it lv nl-be pt sl tr
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is ``en-us``.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-08 23:34:14 +01:00
|
|
|
HXCOMM Deprecated by -audiodev
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("audio-help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_audio_help,
|
2019-03-08 23:34:14 +01:00
|
|
|
"-audio-help show -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified audio settings\n",
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-audio-help``
|
|
|
|
Will show the -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified
|
|
|
|
(deprecated) environment variables.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2019-03-08 23:34:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("audiodev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audiodev,
|
|
|
|
"-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
|
|
|
|
" specifies the audio backend to use\n"
|
|
|
|
" id= identifier of the backend\n"
|
|
|
|
" timer-period= timer period in microseconds\n"
|
audio: add mixing-engine option (documentation)
This will allow us to disable mixeng when we use a decent backend.
Disabling mixeng have a few advantages:
* we no longer convert the audio output from one format to another, when
the underlying audio system would just convert it to a third format.
We no longer convert, only the underlying system, when needed.
* the underlying system probably has better resampling and sample format
converting methods anyway...
* we may support formats that the mixeng currently does not support (S24
or float samples, more than two channels)
* when using an audio server (like pulseaudio) different sound card
outputs will show up as separate streams, even if we use only one
backend
Disadvantages:
* audio capturing no longer works (wavcapture, and vnc audio extension)
* some backends only support a single playback stream or very picky
about the audio format. In this case we can't disable mixeng.
Originally thw two main use cases of the disabled option was: using
unsupported audio formats (5.1 and 7.1 audio) and having different
pulseaudio streams per audio frontend. Since we can have multiple
-audiodevs, the latter is not that important, so currently you only need
this option if you want to use 5.1 or 7.1 audio (implemented in a later
patch), otherwise it's probably better to stick to the old and tried
mixeng, since it's less picky about the backends.
The ideal solution would be to port as much as possible to gstreamer,
but this is currently out of scope:
https://wiki.qemu.org/Internships/ProjectIdeas/AudioGStreamer
Signed-off-by: Kővágó, Zoltán <DirtY.iCE.hu@gmail.com>
Message-id: 5765186a7aadd51a72bc7d3e804307f0ee8a34ce.1570996490.git.DirtY.iCE.hu@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
2019-10-13 21:57:58 +02:00
|
|
|
" in|out.mixing-engine= use mixing engine to mix streams inside QEMU\n"
|
2019-03-08 23:34:14 +01:00
|
|
|
" in|out.fixed-settings= use fixed settings for host audio\n"
|
|
|
|
" in|out.frequency= frequency to use with fixed settings\n"
|
|
|
|
" in|out.channels= number of channels to use with fixed settings\n"
|
|
|
|
" in|out.format= sample format to use with fixed settings\n"
|
2020-03-08 20:33:21 +01:00
|
|
|
" valid values: s8, s16, s32, u8, u16, u32, f32\n"
|
2019-03-08 23:34:14 +01:00
|
|
|
" in|out.voices= number of voices to use\n"
|
2019-09-18 11:53:33 +02:00
|
|
|
" in|out.buffer-length= length of buffer in microseconds\n"
|
2019-03-08 23:34:14 +01:00
|
|
|
"-audiodev none,id=id,[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
|
|
|
|
" dummy driver that discards all output\n"
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_ALSA
|
|
|
|
"-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
|
|
|
|
" in|out.dev= name of the audio device to use\n"
|
2019-09-18 11:53:35 +02:00
|
|
|
" in|out.period-length= length of period in microseconds\n"
|
2019-03-08 23:34:14 +01:00
|
|
|
" in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
|
|
|
|
" threshold= threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts\n"
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_COREAUDIO
|
|
|
|
"-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
|
|
|
|
" in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_DSOUND
|
|
|
|
"-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
|
|
|
|
" latency= add extra latency to playback in microseconds\n"
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_OSS
|
|
|
|
"-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
|
|
|
|
" in|out.dev= path of the audio device to use\n"
|
|
|
|
" in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
|
|
|
|
" in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
|
|
|
|
" try-mmap= try using memory mapped access\n"
|
|
|
|
" exclusive= open device in exclusive mode\n"
|
|
|
|
" dsp-policy= set timing policy (0..10), -1 to use fragment mode\n"
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PA
|
|
|
|
"-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
|
|
|
|
" server= PulseAudio server address\n"
|
|
|
|
" in|out.name= source/sink device name\n"
|
2019-10-04 14:56:41 +02:00
|
|
|
" in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n"
|
2019-03-08 23:34:14 +01:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SDL
|
|
|
|
"-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
|
2021-01-10 11:02:19 +01:00
|
|
|
" in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
|
2019-03-08 23:34:14 +01:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
|
|
|
|
"-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
"-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
|
|
|
|
" path= path of wav file to record\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
|
|
|
|
Adds a new audio backend driver identified by id. There are global
|
|
|
|
and driver specific properties. Some values can be set differently
|
|
|
|
for input and output, they're marked with ``in|out.``. You can set
|
|
|
|
the input's property with ``in.prop`` and the output's property with
|
|
|
|
``out.prop``. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-audiodev alsa,id=example,in.frequency=44110,out.frequency=8000
|
|
|
|
-audiodev alsa,id=example,out.channels=1 # leaves in.channels unspecified
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: parameter validation is known to be incomplete, in many cases
|
|
|
|
specifying an invalid option causes QEMU to print an error message
|
|
|
|
and continue emulation without sound.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valid global options are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``id=identifier``
|
|
|
|
Identifies the audio backend.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``timer-period=period``
|
|
|
|
Sets the timer period used by the audio subsystem in
|
|
|
|
microseconds. Default is 10000 (10 ms).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``in|out.mixing-engine=on|off``
|
|
|
|
Use QEMU's mixing engine to mix all streams inside QEMU and
|
|
|
|
convert audio formats when not supported by the backend. When
|
|
|
|
off, fixed-settings must be off too. Note that disabling this
|
|
|
|
option means that the selected backend must support multiple
|
|
|
|
streams and the audio formats used by the virtual cards,
|
|
|
|
otherwise you'll get no sound. It's not recommended to disable
|
|
|
|
this option unless you want to use 5.1 or 7.1 audio, as mixing
|
|
|
|
engine only supports mono and stereo audio. Default is on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``in|out.fixed-settings=on|off``
|
|
|
|
Use fixed settings for host audio. When off, it will change
|
|
|
|
based on how the guest opens the sound card. In this case you
|
|
|
|
must not specify frequency, channels or format. Default is on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``in|out.frequency=frequency``
|
|
|
|
Specify the frequency to use when using fixed-settings. Default
|
|
|
|
is 44100Hz.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``in|out.channels=channels``
|
|
|
|
Specify the number of channels to use when using fixed-settings.
|
|
|
|
Default is 2 (stereo).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``in|out.format=format``
|
|
|
|
Specify the sample format to use when using fixed-settings.
|
|
|
|
Valid values are: ``s8``, ``s16``, ``s32``, ``u8``, ``u16``,
|
2020-03-08 20:33:21 +01:00
|
|
|
``u32``, ``f32``. Default is ``s16``.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``in|out.voices=voices``
|
|
|
|
Specify the number of voices to use. Default is 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``in|out.buffer-length=usecs``
|
|
|
|
Sets the size of the buffer in microseconds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-audiodev none,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
|
|
|
|
Creates a dummy backend that discards all outputs. This backend has
|
|
|
|
no backend specific properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
|
|
|
|
Creates backend using the ALSA. This backend is only available on
|
|
|
|
Linux.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ALSA specific options are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``in|out.dev=device``
|
|
|
|
Specify the ALSA device to use for input and/or output. Default
|
|
|
|
is ``default``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``in|out.period-length=usecs``
|
|
|
|
Sets the period length in microseconds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``in|out.try-poll=on|off``
|
|
|
|
Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``threshold=threshold``
|
|
|
|
Threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts. Default is 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
|
|
|
|
Creates a backend using Apple's Core Audio. This backend is only
|
|
|
|
available on Mac OS and only supports playback.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Core Audio specific options are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``in|out.buffer-count=count``
|
|
|
|
Sets the count of the buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
|
|
|
|
Creates a backend using Microsoft's DirectSound. This backend is
|
|
|
|
only available on Windows and only supports playback.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DirectSound specific options are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``latency=usecs``
|
|
|
|
Add extra usecs microseconds latency to playback. Default is
|
|
|
|
10000 (10 ms).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
|
|
|
|
Creates a backend using OSS. This backend is available on most
|
|
|
|
Unix-like systems.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OSS specific options are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``in|out.dev=device``
|
|
|
|
Specify the file name of the OSS device to use. Default is
|
|
|
|
``/dev/dsp``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``in|out.buffer-count=count``
|
|
|
|
Sets the count of the buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``in|out.try-poll=on|of``
|
|
|
|
Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``try-mmap=on|off``
|
|
|
|
Try using memory mapped device access. Default is off.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``exclusive=on|off``
|
|
|
|
Open the device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work in this
|
|
|
|
case). Default is off.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``dsp-policy=policy``
|
|
|
|
Sets the timing policy (between 0 and 10, where smaller number
|
|
|
|
means smaller latency but higher CPU usage). Use -1 to use
|
|
|
|
buffer sizes specified by ``buffer`` and ``buffer-count``. This
|
|
|
|
option is ignored if you do not have OSS 4. Default is 5.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
|
|
|
|
Creates a backend using PulseAudio. This backend is available on
|
|
|
|
most systems.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PulseAudio specific options are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``server=server``
|
|
|
|
Sets the PulseAudio server to connect to.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``in|out.name=sink``
|
|
|
|
Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``in|out.latency=usecs``
|
|
|
|
Desired latency in microseconds. The PulseAudio server will try
|
|
|
|
to honor this value but actual latencies may be lower or higher.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
|
|
|
|
Creates a backend using SDL. This backend is available on most
|
|
|
|
systems, but you should use your platform's native backend if
|
2021-01-10 11:02:19 +01:00
|
|
|
possible.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SDL specific options are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``in|out.buffer-count=count``
|
|
|
|
Sets the count of the buffers.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
|
|
|
|
Creates a backend that sends audio through SPICE. This backend
|
|
|
|
requires ``-spice`` and automatically selected in that case, so
|
|
|
|
usually you can ignore this option. This backend has no backend
|
|
|
|
specific properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
|
|
|
|
Creates a backend that writes audio to a WAV file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Backend specific options are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``path=path``
|
|
|
|
Write recorded audio into the specified file. Default is
|
|
|
|
``qemu.wav``.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("soundhw", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_soundhw,
|
|
|
|
"-soundhw c1,... enable audio support\n"
|
|
|
|
" and only specified sound cards (comma separated list)\n"
|
2012-10-04 17:22:01 +02:00
|
|
|
" use '-soundhw help' to get the list of supported cards\n"
|
|
|
|
" use '-soundhw all' to enable all of them\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-soundhw card1[,card2,...] or -soundhw all``
|
|
|
|
Enable audio and selected sound hardware. Use 'help' to print all
|
|
|
|
available sound hardware. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system_x86| -soundhw sb16,adlib disk.img
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system_x86| -soundhw es1370 disk.img
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system_x86| -soundhw ac97 disk.img
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system_x86| -soundhw hda disk.img
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system_x86| -soundhw all disk.img
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system_x86| -soundhw help
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that Linux's i810\_audio OSS kernel (for AC97) module might
|
|
|
|
require manually specifying clocking.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
modprobe i810_audio clocking=48000
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("device", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_device,
|
|
|
|
"-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
|
|
|
|
" add device (based on driver)\n"
|
|
|
|
" prop=value,... sets driver properties\n"
|
|
|
|
" use '-device help' to print all possible drivers\n"
|
|
|
|
" use '-device driver,help' to print all possible properties\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]``
|
|
|
|
Add device driver. prop=value sets driver properties. Valid
|
|
|
|
properties depend on the driver. To get help on possible drivers and
|
|
|
|
properties, use ``-device help`` and ``-device driver,help``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Some drivers are:
|
|
|
|
|
2020-07-17 18:37:02 +02:00
|
|
|
``-device ipmi-bmc-sim,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Add an IPMI BMC. This is a simulation of a hardware management
|
|
|
|
interface processor that normally sits on a system. It provides a
|
|
|
|
watchdog and the ability to reset and power control the system. You
|
|
|
|
need to connect this to an IPMI interface to make it useful
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The IPMI slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20. This
|
|
|
|
address is the BMC's address on the I2C network of management
|
|
|
|
controllers. If you don't know what this means, it is safe to ignore
|
|
|
|
it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``id=id``
|
|
|
|
The BMC id for interfaces to use this device.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``slave_addr=val``
|
|
|
|
Define slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``sdrfile=file``
|
|
|
|
file containing raw Sensor Data Records (SDR) data. The default
|
|
|
|
is none.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``fruareasize=val``
|
|
|
|
size of a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) area. The default is
|
|
|
|
1024.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``frudatafile=file``
|
|
|
|
file containing raw Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) inventory data.
|
|
|
|
The default is none.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``guid=uuid``
|
|
|
|
value for the GUID for the BMC, in standard UUID format. If this
|
|
|
|
is set, get "Get GUID" command to the BMC will return it.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise "Get GUID" will return an error.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=id,chardev=id[,slave_addr=val]``
|
|
|
|
Add a connection to an external IPMI BMC simulator. Instead of
|
|
|
|
locally emulating the BMC like the above item, instead connect to an
|
|
|
|
external entity that provides the IPMI services.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A connection is made to an external BMC simulator. If you do this,
|
|
|
|
it is strongly recommended that you use the "reconnect=" chardev
|
|
|
|
option to reconnect to the simulator if the connection is lost. Note
|
|
|
|
that if this is not used carefully, it can be a security issue, as
|
|
|
|
the interface has the ability to send resets, NMIs, and power off
|
|
|
|
the VM. It's best if QEMU makes a connection to an external
|
|
|
|
simulator running on a secure port on localhost, so neither the
|
|
|
|
simulator nor QEMU is exposed to any outside network.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the "lanserv/README.vm" file in the OpenIPMI library for more
|
|
|
|
details on the external interface.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-device isa-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
|
|
|
|
Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the ISA bus. This also adds a
|
|
|
|
corresponding ACPI and SMBIOS entries, if appropriate.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``bmc=id``
|
|
|
|
The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern
|
|
|
|
above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``ioport=val``
|
|
|
|
Define the I/O address of the interface. The default is 0xca0
|
|
|
|
for KCS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``irq=val``
|
|
|
|
Define the interrupt to use. The default is 5. To disable
|
|
|
|
interrupts, set this to 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
|
|
|
|
Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface. The default port
|
|
|
|
is 0xe4 and the default interrupt is 5.
|
2019-09-23 20:50:33 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-device pci-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id``
|
|
|
|
Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the PCI bus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``bmc=id``
|
|
|
|
The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-device pci-ipmi-bt,bmc=id``
|
|
|
|
Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface on the PCI bus.
|
2021-07-07 17:41:14 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-device intel-iommu[,option=...]``
|
|
|
|
This is only supported by ``-machine q35``, which will enable Intel VT-d
|
|
|
|
emulation within the guest. It supports below options:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``intremap=on|off`` (default: auto)
|
|
|
|
This enables interrupt remapping feature. It's required to enable
|
|
|
|
complete x2apic. Currently it only supports kvm kernel-irqchip modes
|
|
|
|
``off`` or ``split``, while full kernel-irqchip is not yet supported.
|
|
|
|
The default value is "auto", which will be decided by the mode of
|
|
|
|
kernel-irqchip.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``caching-mode=on|off`` (default: off)
|
|
|
|
This enables caching mode for the VT-d emulated device. When
|
|
|
|
caching-mode is enabled, each guest DMA buffer mapping will generate an
|
|
|
|
IOTLB invalidation from the guest IOMMU driver to the vIOMMU device in
|
|
|
|
a synchronous way. It is required for ``-device vfio-pci`` to work
|
|
|
|
with the VT-d device, because host assigned devices requires to setup
|
|
|
|
the DMA mapping on the host before guest DMA starts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``device-iotlb=on|off`` (default: off)
|
|
|
|
This enables device-iotlb capability for the emulated VT-d device. So
|
|
|
|
far virtio/vhost should be the only real user for this parameter,
|
|
|
|
paired with ats=on configured for the device.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``aw-bits=39|48`` (default: 39)
|
|
|
|
This decides the address width of IOVA address space. The address
|
|
|
|
space has 39 bits width for 3-level IOMMU page tables, and 48 bits for
|
|
|
|
4-level IOMMU page tables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Please also refer to the wiki page for general scenarios of VT-d
|
|
|
|
emulation in QEMU: https://wiki.qemu.org/Features/VT-d.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
ERST
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("name", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_name,
|
2014-01-30 11:20:31 +01:00
|
|
|
"-name string1[,process=string2][,debug-threads=on|off]\n"
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
" set the name of the guest\n"
|
2018-12-17 21:26:01 +01:00
|
|
|
" string1 sets the window title and string2 the process name\n"
|
|
|
|
" When debug-threads is enabled, individual threads are given a separate name\n"
|
2014-01-30 11:20:31 +01:00
|
|
|
" NOTE: The thread names are for debugging and not a stable API.\n",
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-name name``
|
|
|
|
Sets the name of the guest. This name will be displayed in the SDL
|
|
|
|
window caption. The name will also be used for the VNC server. Also
|
|
|
|
optionally set the top visible process name in Linux. Naming of
|
|
|
|
individual threads can also be enabled on Linux to aid debugging.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("uuid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_uuid,
|
|
|
|
"-uuid %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\n"
|
|
|
|
" specify machine UUID\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-uuid uuid``
|
|
|
|
Set system UUID.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEFHEADING()
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-02 16:03:00 +02:00
|
|
|
DEFHEADING(Block device options:)
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("fda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fda,
|
|
|
|
"-fda/-fdb file use 'file' as floppy disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
|
|
|
DEF("fdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
``-fda file``
|
|
|
|
\
|
|
|
|
``-fdb file``
|
2020-11-16 15:47:36 +01:00
|
|
|
Use file as floppy disk 0/1 image (see the :ref:`disk images` chapter in
|
|
|
|
the System Emulation Users Guide).
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
ERST
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("hda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hda,
|
|
|
|
"-hda/-hdb file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
|
|
|
DEF("hdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
|
|
|
DEF("hdc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdc,
|
|
|
|
"-hdc/-hdd file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 2/3 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
|
|
|
DEF("hdd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdd, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
``-hda file``
|
|
|
|
\
|
|
|
|
``-hdb file``
|
|
|
|
\
|
|
|
|
``-hdc file``
|
|
|
|
\
|
|
|
|
``-hdd file``
|
2020-11-16 15:47:36 +01:00
|
|
|
Use file as hard disk 0, 1, 2 or 3 image (see the :ref:`disk images`
|
|
|
|
chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
ERST
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("cdrom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cdrom,
|
|
|
|
"-cdrom file use 'file' as IDE cdrom image (cdrom is ide1 master)\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-cdrom file``
|
|
|
|
Use file as CD-ROM image (you cannot use ``-hdc`` and ``-cdrom`` at
|
|
|
|
the same time). You can use the host CD-ROM by using ``/dev/cdrom``
|
|
|
|
as filename.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
block: Initial implementation of -blockdev
The new command line option -blockdev works like QMP command
blockdev-add.
The option argument may be given in JSON syntax, exactly as in QMP.
Example usage:
-blockdev '{"node-name": "foo", "driver": "raw", "file": {"driver": "file", "filename": "foo.img"} }'
The JSON argument doesn't exactly blend into the existing option
syntax, so the traditional KEY=VALUE,... syntax is also supported,
using dotted keys to do the nesting:
-blockdev node-name=foo,driver=raw,file.driver=file,file.filename=foo.img
This does not yet support lists, but that will be addressed shortly.
Note that calling qmp_blockdev_add() (say via qmp_marshal_block_add())
right away would crash. We need to stash the configuration for later
instead. This is crudely done, and bypasses QemuOpts, even though
storing configuration is what QemuOpts is for. Need to revamp option
infrastructure to support QAPI types like BlockdevOptions.
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1488317230-26248-22-git-send-email-armbru@redhat.com>
2017-02-28 22:27:07 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("blockdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_blockdev,
|
|
|
|
"-blockdev [driver=]driver[,node-name=N][,discard=ignore|unmap]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,cache.direct=on|off][,cache.no-flush=on|off]\n"
|
2019-10-15 12:29:58 +02:00
|
|
|
" [,read-only=on|off][,auto-read-only=on|off]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,force-share=on|off][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
|
block: Initial implementation of -blockdev
The new command line option -blockdev works like QMP command
blockdev-add.
The option argument may be given in JSON syntax, exactly as in QMP.
Example usage:
-blockdev '{"node-name": "foo", "driver": "raw", "file": {"driver": "file", "filename": "foo.img"} }'
The JSON argument doesn't exactly blend into the existing option
syntax, so the traditional KEY=VALUE,... syntax is also supported,
using dotted keys to do the nesting:
-blockdev node-name=foo,driver=raw,file.driver=file,file.filename=foo.img
This does not yet support lists, but that will be addressed shortly.
Note that calling qmp_blockdev_add() (say via qmp_marshal_block_add())
right away would crash. We need to stash the configuration for later
instead. This is crudely done, and bypasses QemuOpts, even though
storing configuration is what QemuOpts is for. Need to revamp option
infrastructure to support QAPI types like BlockdevOptions.
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1488317230-26248-22-git-send-email-armbru@redhat.com>
2017-02-28 22:27:07 +01:00
|
|
|
" [,driver specific parameters...]\n"
|
|
|
|
" configure a block backend\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-blockdev option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
|
|
|
|
Define a new block driver node. Some of the options apply to all
|
|
|
|
block drivers, other options are only accepted for a specific block
|
|
|
|
driver. See below for a list of generic options and options for the
|
|
|
|
most common block drivers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options that expect a reference to another node (e.g. ``file``) can
|
|
|
|
be given in two ways. Either you specify the node name of an already
|
|
|
|
existing node (file=node-name), or you define a new node inline,
|
|
|
|
adding options for the referenced node after a dot
|
|
|
|
(file.filename=path,file.aio=native).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A block driver node created with ``-blockdev`` can be used for a
|
|
|
|
guest device by specifying its node name for the ``drive`` property
|
|
|
|
in a ``-device`` argument that defines a block device.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``Valid options for any block driver node:``
|
|
|
|
``driver``
|
|
|
|
Specifies the block driver to use for the given node.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``node-name``
|
|
|
|
This defines the name of the block driver node by which it
|
|
|
|
will be referenced later. The name must be unique, i.e. it
|
|
|
|
must not match the name of a different block driver node, or
|
|
|
|
(if you use ``-drive`` as well) the ID of a drive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If no node name is specified, it is automatically generated.
|
|
|
|
The generated node name is not intended to be predictable
|
|
|
|
and changes between QEMU invocations. For the top level, an
|
|
|
|
explicit node name must be specified.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``read-only``
|
|
|
|
Open the node read-only. Guest write attempts will fail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that some block drivers support only read-only access,
|
|
|
|
either generally or in certain configurations. In this case,
|
|
|
|
the default value ``read-only=off`` does not work and the
|
|
|
|
option must be specified explicitly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``auto-read-only``
|
|
|
|
If ``auto-read-only=on`` is set, QEMU may fall back to
|
|
|
|
read-only usage even when ``read-only=off`` is requested, or
|
|
|
|
even switch between modes as needed, e.g. depending on
|
|
|
|
whether the image file is writable or whether a writing user
|
|
|
|
is attached to the node.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``force-share``
|
|
|
|
Override the image locking system of QEMU by forcing the
|
|
|
|
node to utilize weaker shared access for permissions where
|
|
|
|
it would normally request exclusive access. When there is
|
|
|
|
the potential for multiple instances to have the same file
|
|
|
|
open (whether this invocation of QEMU is the first or the
|
|
|
|
second instance), both instances must permit shared access
|
|
|
|
for the second instance to succeed at opening the file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enabling ``force-share=on`` requires ``read-only=on``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``cache.direct``
|
|
|
|
The host page cache can be avoided with ``cache.direct=on``.
|
|
|
|
This will attempt to do disk IO directly to the guest's
|
|
|
|
memory. QEMU may still perform an internal copy of the data.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``cache.no-flush``
|
|
|
|
In case you don't care about data integrity over host
|
|
|
|
failures, you can use ``cache.no-flush=on``. This option
|
|
|
|
tells QEMU that it never needs to write any data to the disk
|
|
|
|
but can instead keep things in cache. If anything goes
|
|
|
|
wrong, like your host losing power, the disk storage getting
|
|
|
|
disconnected accidentally, etc. your image will most
|
|
|
|
probably be rendered unusable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``discard=discard``
|
|
|
|
discard is one of "ignore" (or "off") or "unmap" (or "on")
|
|
|
|
and controls whether ``discard`` (also known as ``trim`` or
|
|
|
|
``unmap``) requests are ignored or passed to the filesystem.
|
|
|
|
Some machine types may not support discard requests.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``detect-zeroes=detect-zeroes``
|
|
|
|
detect-zeroes is "off", "on" or "unmap" and enables the
|
|
|
|
automatic conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to
|
|
|
|
driver specific optimized zero write commands. You may even
|
|
|
|
choose "unmap" if discard is set to "unmap" to allow a zero
|
|
|
|
write to be converted to an ``unmap`` operation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``Driver-specific options for file``
|
|
|
|
This is the protocol-level block driver for accessing regular
|
|
|
|
files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``filename``
|
|
|
|
The path to the image file in the local filesystem
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``aio``
|
2020-09-24 17:15:11 +02:00
|
|
|
Specifies the AIO backend (threads/native/io_uring,
|
|
|
|
default: threads)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``locking``
|
|
|
|
Specifies whether the image file is protected with Linux OFD
|
|
|
|
/ POSIX locks. The default is to use the Linux Open File
|
|
|
|
Descriptor API if available, otherwise no lock is applied.
|
|
|
|
(auto/on/off, default: auto)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=disk.img
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``Driver-specific options for raw``
|
|
|
|
This is the image format block driver for raw images. It is
|
|
|
|
usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
|
|
|
|
``file``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``file``
|
|
|
|
Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
|
|
|
|
node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example 1:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk_file,filename=disk.img
|
|
|
|
-blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file=disk_file
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example 2:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file.driver=file,file.filename=disk.img
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``Driver-specific options for qcow2``
|
|
|
|
This is the image format block driver for qcow2 images. It is
|
|
|
|
usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
|
|
|
|
``file``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``file``
|
|
|
|
Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
|
|
|
|
node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``backing``
|
|
|
|
Reference to or definition of the backing file block device
|
|
|
|
(default is taken from the image file). It is allowed to
|
|
|
|
pass ``null`` here in order to disable the default backing
|
|
|
|
file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``lazy-refcounts``
|
|
|
|
Whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (on/off;
|
|
|
|
default is taken from the image file)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``cache-size``
|
|
|
|
The maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block
|
|
|
|
caches in bytes (default: the sum of l2-cache-size and
|
|
|
|
refcount-cache-size)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``l2-cache-size``
|
|
|
|
The maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes (default: if
|
|
|
|
cache-size is not specified - 32M on Linux platforms, and 8M
|
|
|
|
on non-Linux platforms; otherwise, as large as possible
|
|
|
|
within the cache-size, while permitting the requested or the
|
|
|
|
minimal refcount cache size)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``refcount-cache-size``
|
|
|
|
The maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes
|
|
|
|
(default: 4 times the cluster size; or if cache-size is
|
|
|
|
specified, the part of it which is not used for the L2
|
|
|
|
cache)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``cache-clean-interval``
|
|
|
|
Clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The
|
|
|
|
interval is in seconds. The default value is 600 on
|
|
|
|
supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms. Setting it
|
|
|
|
to 0 disables this feature.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``pass-discard-request``
|
|
|
|
Whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be
|
|
|
|
forwarded to the data source (on/off; default: on if
|
|
|
|
discard=unmap is specified, off otherwise)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``pass-discard-snapshot``
|
|
|
|
Whether discard requests for the data source should be
|
|
|
|
issued when a snapshot operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot)
|
|
|
|
frees clusters in the qcow2 file (on/off; default: on)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``pass-discard-other``
|
|
|
|
Whether discard requests for the data source should be
|
|
|
|
issued on other occasions where a cluster gets freed
|
|
|
|
(on/off; default: off)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``overlap-check``
|
|
|
|
Which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image
|
|
|
|
(none/constant/cached/all; default: cached). For details or
|
|
|
|
finer granularity control refer to the QAPI documentation of
|
|
|
|
``blockdev-add``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example 1:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-blockdev driver=file,node-name=my_file,filename=/tmp/disk.qcow2
|
|
|
|
-blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=hda,file=my_file,overlap-check=none,cache-size=16777216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example 2:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=disk,file.driver=http,file.filename=http://example.com/image.qcow2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``Driver-specific options for other drivers``
|
|
|
|
Please refer to the QAPI documentation of the ``blockdev-add``
|
|
|
|
QMP command.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
block: Initial implementation of -blockdev
The new command line option -blockdev works like QMP command
blockdev-add.
The option argument may be given in JSON syntax, exactly as in QMP.
Example usage:
-blockdev '{"node-name": "foo", "driver": "raw", "file": {"driver": "file", "filename": "foo.img"} }'
The JSON argument doesn't exactly blend into the existing option
syntax, so the traditional KEY=VALUE,... syntax is also supported,
using dotted keys to do the nesting:
-blockdev node-name=foo,driver=raw,file.driver=file,file.filename=foo.img
This does not yet support lists, but that will be addressed shortly.
Note that calling qmp_blockdev_add() (say via qmp_marshal_block_add())
right away would crash. We need to stash the configuration for later
instead. This is crudely done, and bypasses QemuOpts, even though
storing configuration is what QemuOpts is for. Need to revamp option
infrastructure to support QAPI types like BlockdevOptions.
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1488317230-26248-22-git-send-email-armbru@redhat.com>
2017-02-28 22:27:07 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("drive", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_drive,
|
|
|
|
"-drive [file=file][,if=type][,bus=n][,unit=m][,media=d][,index=i]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,cache=writethrough|writeback|none|directsync|unsafe][,format=f]\n"
|
2018-06-13 11:01:30 +02:00
|
|
|
" [,snapshot=on|off][,rerror=ignore|stop|report]\n"
|
2020-09-24 17:15:11 +02:00
|
|
|
" [,werror=ignore|stop|report|enospc][,id=name]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,aio=threads|native|io_uring]\n"
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
" [,readonly=on|off][,copy-on-read=on|off]\n"
|
2014-07-28 21:53:02 +02:00
|
|
|
" [,discard=ignore|unmap][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
|
2013-09-02 14:14:40 +02:00
|
|
|
" [[,bps=b]|[[,bps_rd=r][,bps_wr=w]]]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [[,iops=i]|[[,iops_rd=r][,iops_wr=w]]]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [[,bps_max=bm]|[[,bps_rd_max=rm][,bps_wr_max=wm]]]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [[,iops_max=im]|[[,iops_rd_max=irm][,iops_wr_max=iwm]]]\n"
|
2013-09-02 14:14:41 +02:00
|
|
|
" [[,iops_size=is]]\n"
|
2015-06-08 18:17:44 +02:00
|
|
|
" [[,group=g]]\n"
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
" use 'file' as a drive image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-drive option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
|
|
|
|
Define a new drive. This includes creating a block driver node (the
|
|
|
|
backend) as well as a guest device, and is mostly a shortcut for
|
|
|
|
defining the corresponding ``-blockdev`` and ``-device`` options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-drive`` accepts all options that are accepted by ``-blockdev``.
|
|
|
|
In addition, it knows the following options:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``file=file``
|
2020-11-16 15:47:36 +01:00
|
|
|
This option defines which disk image (see the :ref:`disk images`
|
|
|
|
chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide) to use with this drive.
|
|
|
|
If the filename contains comma, you must double it (for instance,
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
"file=my,,file" to use file "my,file").
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Special files such as iSCSI devices can be specified using
|
|
|
|
protocol specific URLs. See the section for "Device URL Syntax"
|
|
|
|
for more information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``if=interface``
|
|
|
|
This option defines on which type on interface the drive is
|
|
|
|
connected. Available types are: ide, scsi, sd, mtd, floppy,
|
|
|
|
pflash, virtio, none.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``bus=bus,unit=unit``
|
|
|
|
These options define where is connected the drive by defining
|
|
|
|
the bus number and the unit id.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``index=index``
|
|
|
|
This option defines where is connected the drive by using an
|
|
|
|
index in the list of available connectors of a given interface
|
|
|
|
type.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``media=media``
|
|
|
|
This option defines the type of the media: disk or cdrom.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``snapshot=snapshot``
|
|
|
|
snapshot is "on" or "off" and controls snapshot mode for the
|
|
|
|
given drive (see ``-snapshot``).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``cache=cache``
|
|
|
|
cache is "none", "writeback", "unsafe", "directsync" or
|
|
|
|
"writethrough" and controls how the host cache is used to access
|
|
|
|
block data. This is a shortcut that sets the ``cache.direct``
|
|
|
|
and ``cache.no-flush`` options (as in ``-blockdev``), and
|
|
|
|
additionally ``cache.writeback``, which provides a default for
|
|
|
|
the ``write-cache`` option of block guest devices (as in
|
|
|
|
``-device``). The modes correspond to the following settings:
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
============= =============== ============ ==============
|
|
|
|
\ cache.writeback cache.direct cache.no-flush
|
|
|
|
============= =============== ============ ==============
|
|
|
|
writeback on off off
|
|
|
|
none on on off
|
|
|
|
writethrough off off off
|
|
|
|
directsync off on off
|
|
|
|
unsafe on off on
|
|
|
|
============= =============== ============ ==============
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default mode is ``cache=writeback``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``aio=aio``
|
2020-09-24 17:15:11 +02:00
|
|
|
aio is "threads", "native", or "io_uring" and selects between pthread
|
|
|
|
based disk I/O, native Linux AIO, or Linux io_uring API.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``format=format``
|
|
|
|
Specify which disk format will be used rather than detecting the
|
|
|
|
format. Can be used to specify format=raw to avoid interpreting
|
|
|
|
an untrusted format header.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``werror=action,rerror=action``
|
|
|
|
Specify which action to take on write and read errors. Valid
|
|
|
|
actions are: "ignore" (ignore the error and try to continue),
|
|
|
|
"stop" (pause QEMU), "report" (report the error to the guest),
|
|
|
|
"enospc" (pause QEMU only if the host disk is full; report the
|
|
|
|
error to the guest otherwise). The default setting is
|
|
|
|
``werror=enospc`` and ``rerror=report``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``copy-on-read=copy-on-read``
|
|
|
|
copy-on-read is "on" or "off" and enables whether to copy read
|
|
|
|
backing file sectors into the image file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``bps=b,bps_rd=r,bps_wr=w``
|
|
|
|
Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
|
|
|
|
for all request types or for reads or writes only. Small values
|
|
|
|
can lead to timeouts or hangs inside the guest. A safe minimum
|
|
|
|
for disks is 2 MB/s.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``bps_max=bm,bps_rd_max=rm,bps_wr_max=wm``
|
|
|
|
Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
|
|
|
|
or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
|
|
|
|
above the limit temporarily.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``iops=i,iops_rd=r,iops_wr=w``
|
|
|
|
Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
|
|
|
|
all request types or for reads or writes only.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``iops_max=bm,iops_rd_max=rm,iops_wr_max=wm``
|
|
|
|
Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
|
|
|
|
types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
|
|
|
|
spike above the limit temporarily.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``iops_size=is``
|
|
|
|
Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
|
|
|
|
throttling purposes. Use this option to prevent guests from
|
|
|
|
circumventing iops limits by sending fewer but larger requests.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``group=g``
|
|
|
|
Join a throttling quota group with given name g. All drives that
|
|
|
|
are members of the same group are accounted for together. Use
|
|
|
|
this option to prevent guests from circumventing throttling
|
|
|
|
limits by using many small disks instead of a single larger
|
|
|
|
disk.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, the ``cache.writeback=on`` mode is used. It will report
|
|
|
|
data writes as completed as soon as the data is present in the host
|
|
|
|
page cache. This is safe as long as your guest OS makes sure to
|
|
|
|
correctly flush disk caches where needed. If your guest OS does not
|
|
|
|
handle volatile disk write caches correctly and your host crashes or
|
|
|
|
loses power, then the guest may experience data corruption.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For such guests, you should consider using ``cache.writeback=off``.
|
|
|
|
This means that the host page cache will be used to read and write
|
|
|
|
data, but write notification will be sent to the guest only after
|
|
|
|
QEMU has made sure to flush each write to the disk. Be aware that
|
|
|
|
this has a major impact on performance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When using the ``-snapshot`` option, unsafe caching is always used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Copy-on-read avoids accessing the same backing file sectors
|
|
|
|
repeatedly and is useful when the backing file is over a slow
|
|
|
|
network. By default copy-on-read is off.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instead of ``-cdrom`` you can use:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=cdrom
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instead of ``-hda``, ``-hdb``, ``-hdc``, ``-hdd``, you can use:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=0,media=disk
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=1,media=disk
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=disk
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=3,media=disk
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
|
|
|
|
set:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|qemu_system| \\
|
|
|
|
-add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
|
|
|
|
-add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
-drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can connect a CDROM to the slave of ide0:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you don't specify the "file=" argument, you define an empty
|
|
|
|
drive:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system_x86| -drive if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instead of ``-fda``, ``-fdb``, you can use:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=0,if=floppy
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=1,if=floppy
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, interface is "ide" and index is automatically
|
|
|
|
incremented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system_x86| -drive file=a -drive file=b"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is interpreted like:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system_x86| -hda a -hdb b
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2013-02-13 19:49:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("mtdblock", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mtdblock,
|
|
|
|
"-mtdblock file use 'file' as on-board Flash memory image\n",
|
2013-02-13 19:49:42 +01:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-mtdblock file``
|
|
|
|
Use file as on-board Flash memory image.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2013-02-13 19:49:42 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("sd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sd,
|
|
|
|
"-sd file use 'file' as SecureDigital card image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-sd file``
|
|
|
|
Use file as SecureDigital card image.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("pflash", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pflash,
|
|
|
|
"-pflash file use 'file' as a parallel flash image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-pflash file``
|
|
|
|
Use file as a parallel flash image.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("snapshot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_snapshot,
|
|
|
|
"-snapshot write to temporary files instead of disk image files\n",
|
2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-snapshot``
|
|
|
|
Write to temporary files instead of disk image files. In this case,
|
|
|
|
the raw disk image you use is not written back. You can however
|
2020-11-16 15:47:36 +01:00
|
|
|
force the write back by pressing C-a s (see the :ref:`disk images`
|
|
|
|
chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-29 14:14:43 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("fsdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fsdev,
|
2019-05-17 17:34:49 +02:00
|
|
|
"-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
|
2020-11-13 09:10:52 +01:00
|
|
|
" [,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n"
|
2017-02-28 10:31:46 +01:00
|
|
|
" [[,throttling.bps-total=b]|[[,throttling.bps-read=r][,throttling.bps-write=w]]]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [[,throttling.iops-total=i]|[[,throttling.iops-read=r][,throttling.iops-write=w]]]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [[,throttling.bps-total-max=bm]|[[,throttling.bps-read-max=rm][,throttling.bps-write-max=wm]]]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [[,throttling.iops-total-max=im]|[[,throttling.iops-read-max=irm][,throttling.iops-write-max=iwm]]]\n"
|
2019-05-17 17:34:49 +02:00
|
|
|
" [[,throttling.iops-size=is]]\n"
|
2020-11-13 09:10:52 +01:00
|
|
|
"-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
|
|
|
|
"-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
|
2019-05-17 17:34:49 +02:00
|
|
|
"-fsdev synth,id=id\n",
|
2010-04-29 14:14:43 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
2020-11-13 09:10:52 +01:00
|
|
|
``-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=security_model [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode] [,throttling.option=value[,throttling.option=value[,...]]]``
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
\
|
2020-11-13 09:10:52 +01:00
|
|
|
``-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
\
|
2020-11-13 09:10:52 +01:00
|
|
|
``-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
\
|
2020-11-13 09:10:52 +01:00
|
|
|
``-fsdev synth,id=id[,readonly=on]``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Define a new file system device. Valid options are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``local``
|
|
|
|
Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``proxy``
|
|
|
|
Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``synth``
|
|
|
|
Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``id=id``
|
|
|
|
Specifies identifier for this device.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``path=path``
|
|
|
|
Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
|
|
|
|
under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``security_model=security_model``
|
|
|
|
Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
|
|
|
|
Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
|
|
|
|
"mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
|
|
|
|
are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
|
|
|
|
guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
|
|
|
|
security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
|
|
|
|
bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
|
|
|
|
"mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
|
|
|
|
.virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
|
|
|
|
security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
|
|
|
|
security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
|
|
|
|
report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
|
|
|
|
ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
|
|
|
|
Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
|
|
|
|
parameter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``writeout=writeout``
|
|
|
|
This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
|
|
|
|
"immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
|
|
|
|
read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
|
|
|
|
guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
|
|
|
|
storage subsystem.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-11-13 09:10:52 +01:00
|
|
|
``readonly=on``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
|
|
|
|
default read-write access is given.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``socket=socket``
|
|
|
|
Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
|
|
|
|
communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``sock_fd=sock_fd``
|
|
|
|
Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket descriptor
|
|
|
|
for communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper
|
|
|
|
like libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
|
|
|
|
sock\_fd.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``fmode=fmode``
|
|
|
|
Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
|
|
|
|
Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
|
|
|
|
"mapped-file".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``dmode=dmode``
|
|
|
|
Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
|
|
|
|
host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
|
|
|
|
"mapped-file".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``throttling.bps-total=b,throttling.bps-read=r,throttling.bps-write=w``
|
|
|
|
Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
|
|
|
|
for all request types or for reads or writes only.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``throttling.bps-total-max=bm,bps-read-max=rm,bps-write-max=wm``
|
|
|
|
Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
|
|
|
|
or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
|
|
|
|
above the limit temporarily.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``throttling.iops-total=i,throttling.iops-read=r, throttling.iops-write=w``
|
|
|
|
Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
|
|
|
|
all request types or for reads or writes only.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``throttling.iops-total-max=im,throttling.iops-read-max=irm, throttling.iops-write-max=iwm``
|
|
|
|
Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
|
|
|
|
types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
|
|
|
|
spike above the limit temporarily.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``throttling.iops-size=is``
|
|
|
|
Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
|
|
|
|
throttling purposes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-fsdev option is used along with -device driver "virtio-9p-...".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-device virtio-9p-type,fsdev=id,mount_tag=mount_tag``
|
|
|
|
Options for virtio-9p-... driver are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``type``
|
|
|
|
Specifies the variant to be used. Supported values are "pci",
|
|
|
|
"ccw" or "device", depending on the machine type.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``fsdev=id``
|
|
|
|
Specifies the id value specified along with -fsdev option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``mount_tag=mount_tag``
|
|
|
|
Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
|
|
|
|
export point.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2010-04-29 14:14:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
virtio-9p: Create a syntactic shortcut for the file-system pass-thru
Currently the commandline to create a virtual-filesystem pass-through between
the guest and the host is as follows:
#qemu -fsdev fstype,id=ID,path=path/to/share \
-device virtio-9p-pci,fsdev=ID,mount_tag=tag \
This patch provides a syntactic short-cut to achieve the same as follows:
#qemu -virtfs fstype,path=path/to/share,mount_tag=tag
This will be internally expanded as:
#qemu -fsdev fstype,id=tag,path=path/to/share, \
-device virtio-9p-pci,fsdev=tag,mount_tag=tag \
Signed-off-by: Gautham R Shenoy <ego@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
2010-04-29 14:15:03 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("virtfs", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs,
|
2019-05-17 17:34:49 +02:00
|
|
|
"-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=tag,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
|
2020-11-13 09:10:52 +01:00
|
|
|
" [,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=remap|forbid|warn]\n"
|
|
|
|
"-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,socket=socket[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
|
|
|
|
"-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,sock_fd=sock_fd[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
|
|
|
|
"-virtfs synth,mount_tag=tag[,id=id][,readonly=on]\n",
|
virtio-9p: Create a syntactic shortcut for the file-system pass-thru
Currently the commandline to create a virtual-filesystem pass-through between
the guest and the host is as follows:
#qemu -fsdev fstype,id=ID,path=path/to/share \
-device virtio-9p-pci,fsdev=ID,mount_tag=tag \
This patch provides a syntactic short-cut to achieve the same as follows:
#qemu -virtfs fstype,path=path/to/share,mount_tag=tag
This will be internally expanded as:
#qemu -fsdev fstype,id=tag,path=path/to/share, \
-device virtio-9p-pci,fsdev=tag,mount_tag=tag \
Signed-off-by: Gautham R Shenoy <ego@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
2010-04-29 14:15:03 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
2020-11-13 09:10:52 +01:00
|
|
|
``-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=mount_tag ,security_model=security_model[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on] [,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=multidevs]``
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
\
|
2020-11-13 09:10:52 +01:00
|
|
|
``-virtfs proxy,socket=socket,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
\
|
2020-11-13 09:10:52 +01:00
|
|
|
``-virtfs proxy,sock_fd=sock_fd,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
\
|
|
|
|
``-virtfs synth,mount_tag=mount_tag``
|
2020-05-14 08:06:43 +02:00
|
|
|
Define a new virtual filesystem device and expose it to the guest using
|
|
|
|
a virtio-9p-device (a.k.a. 9pfs), which essentially means that a certain
|
|
|
|
directory on host is made directly accessible by guest as a pass-through
|
|
|
|
file system by using the 9P network protocol for communication between
|
|
|
|
host and guests, if desired even accessible, shared by several guests
|
|
|
|
simultaniously.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that ``-virtfs`` is actually just a convenience shortcut for its
|
|
|
|
generalized form ``-fsdev -device virtio-9p-pci``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The general form of pass-through file system options are:
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``local``
|
|
|
|
Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``proxy``
|
|
|
|
Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``synth``
|
|
|
|
Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``id=id``
|
|
|
|
Specifies identifier for the filesystem device
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``path=path``
|
|
|
|
Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
|
|
|
|
under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``security_model=security_model``
|
|
|
|
Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
|
|
|
|
Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
|
|
|
|
"mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
|
|
|
|
are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
|
|
|
|
guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
|
|
|
|
security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
|
|
|
|
bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
|
|
|
|
"mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
|
|
|
|
.virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
|
|
|
|
security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
|
|
|
|
security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
|
|
|
|
report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
|
|
|
|
ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
|
|
|
|
Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
|
|
|
|
parameter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``writeout=writeout``
|
|
|
|
This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
|
|
|
|
"immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
|
|
|
|
read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
|
|
|
|
guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
|
|
|
|
storage subsystem.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-11-13 09:10:52 +01:00
|
|
|
``readonly=on``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
|
|
|
|
default read-write access is given.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``socket=socket``
|
|
|
|
Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
|
|
|
|
communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like
|
|
|
|
libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
|
|
|
|
sock\_fd.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``sock_fd``
|
|
|
|
Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed 'sock\_fd' as the
|
|
|
|
socket descriptor for interfacing with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``fmode=fmode``
|
|
|
|
Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
|
|
|
|
Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
|
|
|
|
"mapped-file".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``dmode=dmode``
|
|
|
|
Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
|
|
|
|
host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
|
|
|
|
"mapped-file".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``mount_tag=mount_tag``
|
|
|
|
Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
|
|
|
|
export point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``multidevs=multidevs``
|
|
|
|
Specifies how to deal with multiple devices being shared with a
|
|
|
|
9p export. Supported behaviours are either "remap", "forbid" or
|
|
|
|
"warn". The latter is the default behaviour on which virtfs 9p
|
|
|
|
expects only one device to be shared with the same export, and
|
|
|
|
if more than one device is shared and accessed via the same 9p
|
|
|
|
export then only a warning message is logged (once) by qemu on
|
|
|
|
host side. In order to avoid file ID collisions on guest you
|
|
|
|
should either create a separate virtfs export for each device to
|
|
|
|
be shared with guests (recommended way) or you might use "remap"
|
|
|
|
instead which allows you to share multiple devices with only one
|
|
|
|
export instead, which is achieved by remapping the original
|
|
|
|
inode numbers from host to guest in a way that would prevent
|
|
|
|
such collisions. Remapping inodes in such use cases is required
|
|
|
|
because the original device IDs from host are never passed and
|
|
|
|
exposed on guest. Instead all files of an export shared with
|
|
|
|
virtfs always share the same device id on guest. So two files
|
|
|
|
with identical inode numbers but from actually different devices
|
|
|
|
on host would otherwise cause a file ID collision and hence
|
|
|
|
potential misbehaviours on guest. "forbid" on the other hand
|
|
|
|
assumes like "warn" that only one device is shared by the same
|
|
|
|
export, however it will not only log a warning message but also
|
|
|
|
deny access to additional devices on guest. Note though that
|
|
|
|
"forbid" does currently not block all possible file access
|
|
|
|
operations (e.g. readdir() would still return entries from other
|
|
|
|
devices).
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
virtio-9p: Create a syntactic shortcut for the file-system pass-thru
Currently the commandline to create a virtual-filesystem pass-through between
the guest and the host is as follows:
#qemu -fsdev fstype,id=ID,path=path/to/share \
-device virtio-9p-pci,fsdev=ID,mount_tag=tag \
This patch provides a syntactic short-cut to achieve the same as follows:
#qemu -virtfs fstype,path=path/to/share,mount_tag=tag
This will be internally expanded as:
#qemu -fsdev fstype,id=tag,path=path/to/share, \
-device virtio-9p-pci,fsdev=tag,mount_tag=tag \
Signed-off-by: Gautham R Shenoy <ego@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
2010-04-29 14:15:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2017-10-02 16:03:03 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("iscsi", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_iscsi,
|
|
|
|
"-iscsi [user=user][,password=password]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,header-digest=CRC32C|CR32C-NONE|NONE-CRC32C|NONE\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,initiator-name=initiator-iqn][,id=target-iqn]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,timeout=timeout]\n"
|
|
|
|
" iSCSI session parameters\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-iscsi``
|
|
|
|
Configure iSCSI session parameters.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2017-10-02 16:03:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEFHEADING()
|
|
|
|
|
2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01:00
|
|
|
DEFHEADING(USB convenience options:)
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("usb", 0, QEMU_OPTION_usb,
|
2019-08-15 16:14:28 +02:00
|
|
|
"-usb enable on-board USB host controller (if not enabled by default)\n",
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-usb``
|
|
|
|
Enable USB emulation on machine types with an on-board USB host
|
|
|
|
controller (if not enabled by default). Note that on-board USB host
|
|
|
|
controllers may not support USB 3.0. In this case
|
|
|
|
``-device qemu-xhci`` can be used instead on machines with PCI.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("usbdevice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_usbdevice,
|
|
|
|
"-usbdevice name add the host or guest USB device 'name'\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-usbdevice devname``
|
2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01:00
|
|
|
Add the USB device devname, and enable an on-board USB controller
|
|
|
|
if possible and necessary (just like it can be done via
|
|
|
|
``-machine usb=on``). Note that this option is mainly intended for
|
|
|
|
the user's convenience only. More fine-grained control can be
|
|
|
|
achieved by selecting a USB host controller (if necessary) and the
|
|
|
|
desired USB device via the ``-device`` option instead. For example,
|
|
|
|
instead of using ``-usbdevice mouse`` it is possible to use
|
|
|
|
``-device qemu-xhci -device usb-mouse`` to connect the USB mouse
|
|
|
|
to a USB 3.0 controller instead (at least on machines that support
|
|
|
|
PCI and do not have an USB controller enabled by default yet).
|
|
|
|
For more details, see the chapter about
|
2020-11-16 15:47:36 +01:00
|
|
|
:ref:`Connecting USB devices` in the System Emulation Users Guide.
|
2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01:00
|
|
|
Possible devices for devname are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``braille``
|
|
|
|
Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
|
|
|
|
output on a real or fake device (i.e. it also creates a
|
|
|
|
corresponding ``braille`` chardev automatically beside the
|
|
|
|
``usb-braille`` USB device).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``keyboard``
|
|
|
|
Standard USB keyboard. Will override the PS/2 keyboard (if present).
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``mouse``
|
|
|
|
Virtual Mouse. This will override the PS/2 mouse emulation when
|
|
|
|
activated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``tablet``
|
|
|
|
Pointer device that uses absolute coordinates (like a
|
|
|
|
touchscreen). This means QEMU is able to report the mouse
|
|
|
|
position without having to grab the mouse. Also overrides the
|
|
|
|
PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01:00
|
|
|
``wacom-tablet``
|
|
|
|
Wacom PenPartner USB tablet.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
ERST
|
2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEFHEADING()
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-02 16:03:00 +02:00
|
|
|
DEFHEADING(Display options:)
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2011-03-16 13:33:31 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("display", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_display,
|
2019-10-23 14:01:28 +02:00
|
|
|
#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
|
2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01:00
|
|
|
"-display spice-app[,gl=on|off]\n"
|
2019-10-23 14:01:28 +02:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(CONFIG_SDL)
|
2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02:00
|
|
|
"-display sdl[,alt_grab=on|off][,ctrl_grab=on|off][,gl=on|core|es|off]\n"
|
softmmu/vl: Add a "grab-mod" parameter to the -display sdl option
The -display sdl option is not using QAPI internally yet, and uses hand-
crafted parsing instead (see parse_display() in vl.c), which is quite
ugly, since most of the other code is using the QAPIfied DisplayOption
already. Unfortunately, the "alt_grab" and "ctrl_grab" use underscores in
their names which has recently been forbidden in new QAPI code, so
a straight conversion is not possible. While we could add some exceptions
to the QAPI schema parser for this, the way these parameters have been
designed was maybe a bad idea anyway: First, it's not possible to enable
both parameters at the same time, thus instead of two boolean parameters
it would be better to have only one multi-choice parameter instead.
Second, the naming is also somewhat unfortunate since the "alt_grab"
parameter is not about the ALT key, but rather about the left SHIFT key
that has to be used additionally when the parameter is enabled.
So instead of trying to QAPIfy "alt_grab" and "ctrl_grab", let's rather
introduce an alternative to these parameters instead, a new parameter
called "grab-mod" which can either be set to "lshift-lctrl-lalt" or to
"rctrl". In case we ever want to support additional modes later, we can
then also simply extend the list of supported strings here.
Message-Id: <20210825092023.81396-2-thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
2021-08-25 11:20:21 +02:00
|
|
|
" [,grab-mod=<mod>][,show-cursor=on|off][,window-close=on|off]\n"
|
2019-10-23 14:01:28 +02:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
|
2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02:00
|
|
|
"-display gtk[,full-screen=on|off][,gl=on|off][,grab-on-hover=on|off]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,show-cursor=on|off][,window-close=on|off]\n"
|
2019-10-23 14:01:28 +02:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(CONFIG_VNC)
|
2016-07-26 12:17:11 +02:00
|
|
|
"-display vnc=<display>[,<optargs>]\n"
|
2019-10-23 14:01:28 +02:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(CONFIG_CURSES)
|
2019-03-11 14:51:27 +01:00
|
|
|
"-display curses[,charset=<encoding>]\n"
|
2019-10-23 14:01:28 +02:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(CONFIG_OPENGL)
|
|
|
|
"-display egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]\n"
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2018-11-16 11:14:44 +01:00
|
|
|
"-display none\n"
|
2019-10-23 14:01:28 +02:00
|
|
|
" select display backend type\n"
|
|
|
|
" The default display is equivalent to\n "
|
2016-07-26 12:17:11 +02:00
|
|
|
#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
|
2019-10-23 14:01:28 +02:00
|
|
|
"\"-display gtk\"\n"
|
2016-07-26 12:17:11 +02:00
|
|
|
#elif defined(CONFIG_SDL)
|
2019-10-23 14:01:28 +02:00
|
|
|
"\"-display sdl\"\n"
|
2016-07-26 12:17:11 +02:00
|
|
|
#elif defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
|
2019-10-23 14:01:28 +02:00
|
|
|
"\"-display cocoa\"\n"
|
2016-07-26 12:17:11 +02:00
|
|
|
#elif defined(CONFIG_VNC)
|
2019-10-23 14:01:28 +02:00
|
|
|
"\"-vnc localhost:0,to=99,id=default\"\n"
|
2016-07-26 12:17:11 +02:00
|
|
|
#else
|
2019-10-23 14:01:28 +02:00
|
|
|
"\"-display none\"\n"
|
2016-07-26 12:17:11 +02:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
, QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-display type``
|
|
|
|
Select type of display to use. This option is a replacement for the
|
|
|
|
old style -sdl/-curses/... options. Use ``-display help`` to list
|
|
|
|
the available display types. Valid values for type are
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-01 19:41:18 +02:00
|
|
|
``spice-app[,gl=on|off]``
|
|
|
|
Start QEMU as a Spice server and launch the default Spice client
|
|
|
|
application. The Spice server will redirect the serial consoles
|
|
|
|
and QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0)
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02:00
|
|
|
``sdl``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Display video output via SDL (usually in a separate graphics
|
|
|
|
window; see the SDL documentation for other possibilities).
|
2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02:00
|
|
|
Valid parameters are:
|
|
|
|
|
softmmu/vl: Add a "grab-mod" parameter to the -display sdl option
The -display sdl option is not using QAPI internally yet, and uses hand-
crafted parsing instead (see parse_display() in vl.c), which is quite
ugly, since most of the other code is using the QAPIfied DisplayOption
already. Unfortunately, the "alt_grab" and "ctrl_grab" use underscores in
their names which has recently been forbidden in new QAPI code, so
a straight conversion is not possible. While we could add some exceptions
to the QAPI schema parser for this, the way these parameters have been
designed was maybe a bad idea anyway: First, it's not possible to enable
both parameters at the same time, thus instead of two boolean parameters
it would be better to have only one multi-choice parameter instead.
Second, the naming is also somewhat unfortunate since the "alt_grab"
parameter is not about the ALT key, but rather about the left SHIFT key
that has to be used additionally when the parameter is enabled.
So instead of trying to QAPIfy "alt_grab" and "ctrl_grab", let's rather
introduce an alternative to these parameters instead, a new parameter
called "grab-mod" which can either be set to "lshift-lctrl-lalt" or to
"rctrl". In case we ever want to support additional modes later, we can
then also simply extend the list of supported strings here.
Message-Id: <20210825092023.81396-2-thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
2021-08-25 11:20:21 +02:00
|
|
|
``grab-mod=<mods>`` : Used to select the modifier keys for toggling
|
|
|
|
the mouse grabbing in conjunction with the "g" key. `<mods>` can be
|
|
|
|
either `lshift-lctrl-lalt` or `rctrl`.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-08-25 11:20:22 +02:00
|
|
|
``alt_grab=on|off`` : Use Control+Alt+Shift-g to toggle mouse grabbing.
|
|
|
|
This parameter is deprecated - use ``grab-mod`` instead.
|
2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2021-08-25 11:20:22 +02:00
|
|
|
``ctrl_grab=on|off`` : Use Right-Control-g to toggle mouse grabbing.
|
|
|
|
This parameter is deprecated - use ``grab-mod`` instead.
|
2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02:00
|
|
|
``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``gtk``
|
2021-06-01 19:41:18 +02:00
|
|
|
Display video output in a GTK window. This interface provides
|
|
|
|
drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and control
|
2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02:00
|
|
|
the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``full-screen=on|off`` : Start in fullscreen mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``gl=on|off`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
|
2021-06-01 19:41:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02:00
|
|
|
``grab-on-hover=on|off`` : Grab keyboard input on mouse hover
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``curses[,charset=<encoding>]``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Display video output via curses. For graphics device models
|
|
|
|
which support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a
|
|
|
|
curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics
|
|
|
|
device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not
|
|
|
|
support a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models
|
|
|
|
support text mode. The font charset used by the guest can be
|
|
|
|
specified with the ``charset`` option, for example
|
|
|
|
``charset=CP850`` for IBM CP850 encoding. The default is
|
|
|
|
``CP437``.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02:00
|
|
|
``egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]``
|
2021-06-01 19:41:18 +02:00
|
|
|
Offload all OpenGL operations to a local DRI device. For any
|
|
|
|
graphical display, this display needs to be paired with either
|
|
|
|
VNC or SPICE displays.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02:00
|
|
|
``vnc=<display>``
|
|
|
|
Start a VNC server on display <display>
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
``none``
|
|
|
|
Do not display video output. The guest will still see an
|
|
|
|
emulated graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to
|
|
|
|
the QEMU user. This option differs from the -nographic option in
|
|
|
|
that it only affects what is done with video output; -nographic
|
|
|
|
also changes the destination of the serial and parallel port
|
|
|
|
data.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2011-03-16 13:33:31 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("nographic", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nographic,
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-nographic disable graphical output and redirect serial I/Os to console\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-nographic``
|
|
|
|
Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
|
|
|
|
displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
|
|
|
|
monitor in a window. With this option, you can totally disable
|
|
|
|
graphical output so that QEMU is a simple command line application.
|
|
|
|
The emulated serial port is redirected on the console and muxed with
|
|
|
|
the monitor (unless redirected elsewhere explicitly). Therefore, you
|
|
|
|
can still use QEMU to debug a Linux kernel with a serial console.
|
|
|
|
Use C-a h for help on switching between the console and monitor.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("curses", 0, QEMU_OPTION_curses,
|
2016-07-26 12:17:11 +02:00
|
|
|
"-curses shorthand for -display curses\n",
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-curses``
|
|
|
|
Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
|
|
|
|
displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
|
|
|
|
monitor in a window. With this option, QEMU can display the VGA
|
|
|
|
output when in text mode using a curses/ncurses interface. Nothing
|
|
|
|
is displayed in graphical mode.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("alt-grab", 0, QEMU_OPTION_alt_grab,
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-alt-grab use Ctrl-Alt-Shift to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt)\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-alt-grab``
|
|
|
|
Use Ctrl-Alt-Shift to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt). Note that
|
|
|
|
this also affects the special keys (for fullscreen, monitor-mode
|
2021-08-25 11:20:22 +02:00
|
|
|
switching, etc). This option is deprecated - please use
|
|
|
|
``-display sdl,grab-mod=lshift-lctrl-lalt`` instead.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-17 22:48:04 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("ctrl-grab", 0, QEMU_OPTION_ctrl_grab,
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-ctrl-grab use Right-Ctrl to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt)\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-ctrl-grab``
|
|
|
|
Use Right-Ctrl to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt). Note that this
|
|
|
|
also affects the special keys (for fullscreen, monitor-mode
|
2021-08-25 11:20:22 +02:00
|
|
|
switching, etc). This option is deprecated - please use
|
|
|
|
``-display sdl,grab-mod=rctrl`` instead.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-09-17 22:48:04 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("no-quit", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_quit,
|
2021-06-30 18:32:30 +02:00
|
|
|
"-no-quit disable SDL/GTK window close capability (deprecated)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-no-quit``
|
2021-06-30 18:32:30 +02:00
|
|
|
Disable window close capability (SDL and GTK only). This option is
|
|
|
|
deprecated, please use ``-display ...,window-close=off`` instead.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("sdl", 0, QEMU_OPTION_sdl,
|
2016-07-26 12:17:11 +02:00
|
|
|
"-sdl shorthand for -display sdl\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-sdl``
|
|
|
|
Enable SDL.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2010-03-11 15:13:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("spice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_spice,
|
2012-08-21 12:54:20 +02:00
|
|
|
"-spice [port=port][,tls-port=secured-port][,x509-dir=<dir>]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,x509-key-file=<file>][,x509-key-password=<file>]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,x509-cert-file=<file>][,x509-cacert-file=<file>]\n"
|
2021-02-16 20:10:20 +01:00
|
|
|
" [,x509-dh-key-file=<file>][,addr=addr]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,unix=on|off]\n"
|
2012-08-21 12:54:20 +02:00
|
|
|
" [,tls-ciphers=<list>]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
|
2021-03-11 12:43:42 +01:00
|
|
|
" [,sasl=on|off][,disable-ticketing=on|off]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,password=<string>][,password-secret=<secret-id>]\n"
|
2012-08-21 12:54:20 +02:00
|
|
|
" [,image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
|
2021-02-16 20:10:20 +01:00
|
|
|
" [,streaming-video=[off|all|filter]][,disable-copy-paste=on|off]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off][,agent-mouse=[on|off]]\n"
|
2013-06-08 15:37:27 +02:00
|
|
|
" [,playback-compression=[on|off]][,seamless-migration=[on|off]]\n"
|
2017-02-12 12:21:18 +01:00
|
|
|
" [,gl=[on|off]][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
|
2012-08-21 12:54:20 +02:00
|
|
|
" enable spice\n"
|
|
|
|
" at least one of {port, tls-port} is mandatory\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-spice option[,option[,...]]``
|
|
|
|
Enable the spice remote desktop protocol. Valid options are
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``port=<nr>``
|
|
|
|
Set the TCP port spice is listening on for plaintext channels.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``addr=<addr>``
|
|
|
|
Set the IP address spice is listening on. Default is any
|
|
|
|
address.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:20 +01:00
|
|
|
``ipv4=on|off``; \ ``ipv6=on|off``; \ ``unix=on|off``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Force using the specified IP version.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-03-11 12:43:42 +01:00
|
|
|
``password=<string>``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Set the password you need to authenticate.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-03-11 12:43:43 +01:00
|
|
|
This option is deprecated and insecure because it leaves the
|
|
|
|
password visible in the process listing. Use ``password-secret``
|
|
|
|
instead.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-03-11 12:43:42 +01:00
|
|
|
``password-secret=<secret-id>``
|
|
|
|
Set the ID of the ``secret`` object containing the password
|
|
|
|
you need to authenticate.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:20 +01:00
|
|
|
``sasl=on|off``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the spice.
|
|
|
|
The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled
|
|
|
|
from the system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu'
|
|
|
|
service. This is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If
|
|
|
|
running QEMU as an unprivileged user, an environment variable
|
|
|
|
SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it search alternate
|
|
|
|
locations for the service config. While some SASL auth methods
|
|
|
|
can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI), it is recommended
|
|
|
|
that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and 'x509' settings
|
|
|
|
to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This ensures a
|
|
|
|
data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
|
|
|
|
credentials.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:20 +01:00
|
|
|
``disable-ticketing=on|off``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Allow client connects without authentication.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:20 +01:00
|
|
|
``disable-copy-paste=on|off``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Disable copy paste between the client and the guest.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:20 +01:00
|
|
|
``disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Disable spice-vdagent based file-xfer between the client and the
|
|
|
|
guest.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``tls-port=<nr>``
|
|
|
|
Set the TCP port spice is listening on for encrypted channels.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``x509-dir=<dir>``
|
|
|
|
Set the x509 file directory. Expects same filenames as -vnc
|
|
|
|
$display,x509=$dir
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``x509-key-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-key-password=<file>``; \ ``x509-cert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-cacert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-dh-key-file=<file>``
|
|
|
|
The x509 file names can also be configured individually.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``tls-ciphers=<list>``
|
|
|
|
Specify which ciphers to use.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``; \ ``plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``
|
|
|
|
Force specific channel to be used with or without TLS
|
|
|
|
encryption. The options can be specified multiple times to
|
|
|
|
configure multiple channels. The special name "default" can be
|
|
|
|
used to set the default mode. For channels which are not
|
|
|
|
explicitly forced into one mode the spice client is allowed to
|
|
|
|
pick tls/plaintext as he pleases.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]``
|
|
|
|
Configure image compression (lossless). Default is auto\_glz.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``; \ ``zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``
|
|
|
|
Configure wan image compression (lossy for slow links). Default
|
|
|
|
is auto.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``streaming-video=[off|all|filter]``
|
|
|
|
Configure video stream detection. Default is off.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``agent-mouse=[on|off]``
|
|
|
|
Enable/disable passing mouse events via vdagent. Default is on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``playback-compression=[on|off]``
|
|
|
|
Enable/disable audio stream compression (using celt 0.5.1).
|
|
|
|
Default is on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``seamless-migration=[on|off]``
|
|
|
|
Enable/disable spice seamless migration. Default is off.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``gl=[on|off]``
|
|
|
|
Enable/disable OpenGL context. Default is off.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``rendernode=<file>``
|
|
|
|
DRM render node for OpenGL rendering. If not specified, it will
|
|
|
|
pick the first available. (Since 2.9)
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2010-03-11 15:13:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("portrait", 0, QEMU_OPTION_portrait,
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-portrait rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-portrait``
|
|
|
|
Rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD).
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-17 12:04:36 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("rotate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rotate,
|
|
|
|
"-rotate <deg> rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-rotate deg``
|
|
|
|
Rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD).
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2011-06-17 12:04:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("vga", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vga,
|
2014-09-10 14:28:48 +02:00
|
|
|
"-vga [std|cirrus|vmware|qxl|xenfb|tcx|cg3|virtio|none]\n"
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
" select video card type\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-vga type``
|
|
|
|
Select type of VGA card to emulate. Valid values for type are
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``cirrus``
|
|
|
|
Cirrus Logic GD5446 Video card. All Windows versions starting
|
|
|
|
from Windows 95 should recognize and use this graphic card. For
|
|
|
|
optimal performances, use 16 bit color depth in the guest and
|
|
|
|
the host OS. (This card was the default before QEMU 2.2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``std``
|
|
|
|
Standard VGA card with Bochs VBE extensions. If your guest OS
|
|
|
|
supports the VESA 2.0 VBE extensions (e.g. Windows XP) and if
|
|
|
|
you want to use high resolution modes (>= 1280x1024x16) then you
|
|
|
|
should use this option. (This card is the default since QEMU
|
|
|
|
2.2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``vmware``
|
|
|
|
VMWare SVGA-II compatible adapter. Use it if you have
|
|
|
|
sufficiently recent XFree86/XOrg server or Windows guest with a
|
|
|
|
driver for this card.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``qxl``
|
|
|
|
QXL paravirtual graphic card. It is VGA compatible (including
|
|
|
|
VESA 2.0 VBE support). Works best with qxl guest drivers
|
|
|
|
installed though. Recommended choice when using the spice
|
|
|
|
protocol.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``tcx``
|
|
|
|
(sun4m only) Sun TCX framebuffer. This is the default
|
|
|
|
framebuffer for sun4m machines and offers both 8-bit and 24-bit
|
|
|
|
colour depths at a fixed resolution of 1024x768.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``cg3``
|
|
|
|
(sun4m only) Sun cgthree framebuffer. This is a simple 8-bit
|
|
|
|
framebuffer for sun4m machines available in both 1024x768
|
|
|
|
(OpenBIOS) and 1152x900 (OBP) resolutions aimed at people
|
|
|
|
wishing to run older Solaris versions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``virtio``
|
|
|
|
Virtio VGA card.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``none``
|
|
|
|
Disable VGA card.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("full-screen", 0, QEMU_OPTION_full_screen,
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-full-screen start in full screen\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-full-screen``
|
|
|
|
Start in full screen.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-04 17:56:38 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("g", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_g ,
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-g WxH[xDEPTH] Set the initial graphical resolution and depth\n",
|
2019-10-26 18:45:43 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC | QEMU_ARCH_M68K)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
``-g`` *width*\ ``x``\ *height*\ ``[x``\ *depth*\ ``]``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Set the initial graphical resolution and depth (PPC, SPARC only).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For PPC the default is 800x600x32.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For SPARC with the TCX graphics device, the default is 1024x768x8
|
|
|
|
with the option of 1024x768x24. For cgthree, the default is
|
|
|
|
1024x768x8 with the option of 1152x900x8 for people who wish to use
|
|
|
|
OBP.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("vnc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vnc ,
|
2016-07-26 12:17:11 +02:00
|
|
|
"-vnc <display> shorthand for -display vnc=<display>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-vnc display[,option[,option[,...]]]``
|
|
|
|
Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
|
|
|
|
displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
|
|
|
|
monitor in a window. With this option, you can have QEMU listen on
|
|
|
|
VNC display display and redirect the VGA display over the VNC
|
|
|
|
session. It is very useful to enable the usb tablet device when
|
|
|
|
using this option (option ``-device usb-tablet``). When using the
|
|
|
|
VNC display, you must use the ``-k`` parameter to set the keyboard
|
|
|
|
layout if you are not using en-us. Valid syntax for the display is
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``to=L``
|
|
|
|
With this option, QEMU will try next available VNC displays,
|
|
|
|
until the number L, if the origianlly defined "-vnc display" is
|
|
|
|
not available, e.g. port 5900+display is already used by another
|
|
|
|
application. By default, to=0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``host:d``
|
|
|
|
TCP connections will only be allowed from host on display d. By
|
|
|
|
convention the TCP port is 5900+d. Optionally, host can be
|
|
|
|
omitted in which case the server will accept connections from
|
|
|
|
any host.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``unix:path``
|
|
|
|
Connections will be allowed over UNIX domain sockets where path
|
|
|
|
is the location of a unix socket to listen for connections on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``none``
|
|
|
|
VNC is initialized but not started. The monitor ``change``
|
|
|
|
command can be used to later start the VNC server.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Following the display value there may be one or more option flags
|
|
|
|
separated by commas. Valid options are
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:23 +01:00
|
|
|
``reverse=on|off``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Connect to a listening VNC client via a "reverse" connection.
|
|
|
|
The client is specified by the display. For reverse network
|
|
|
|
connections (host:d,``reverse``), the d argument is a TCP port
|
|
|
|
number, not a display number.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:23 +01:00
|
|
|
``websocket=on|off``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Opens an additional TCP listening port dedicated to VNC
|
|
|
|
Websocket connections. If a bare websocket option is given, the
|
|
|
|
Websocket port is 5700+display. An alternative port can be
|
|
|
|
specified with the syntax ``websocket``\ =port.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If host is specified connections will only be allowed from this
|
|
|
|
host. It is possible to control the websocket listen address
|
|
|
|
independently, using the syntax ``websocket``\ =host:port.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If no TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection
|
|
|
|
runs in unencrypted mode. If TLS credentials are provided, the
|
|
|
|
websocket connection requires encrypted client connections.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:23 +01:00
|
|
|
``password=on|off``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Require that password based authentication is used for client
|
|
|
|
connections.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The password must be set separately using the ``set_password``
|
2020-11-16 15:47:36 +01:00
|
|
|
command in the :ref:`QEMU monitor`. The
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
syntax to change your password is:
|
|
|
|
``set_password <protocol> <password>`` where <protocol> could be
|
|
|
|
either "vnc" or "spice".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you would like to change <protocol> password expiration, you
|
|
|
|
should use ``expire_password <protocol> <expiration-time>``
|
|
|
|
where expiration time could be one of the following options:
|
|
|
|
now, never, +seconds or UNIX time of expiration, e.g. +60 to
|
|
|
|
make password expire in 60 seconds, or 1335196800 to make
|
|
|
|
password expire on "Mon Apr 23 12:00:00 EDT 2012" (UNIX time for
|
|
|
|
this date and time).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can also use keywords "now" or "never" for the expiration
|
|
|
|
time to allow <protocol> password to expire immediately or never
|
|
|
|
expire.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-03-11 12:43:41 +01:00
|
|
|
``password-secret=<secret-id>``
|
|
|
|
Require that password based authentication is used for client
|
|
|
|
connections, using the password provided by the ``secret``
|
|
|
|
object identified by ``secret-id``.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
``tls-creds=ID``
|
|
|
|
Provides the ID of a set of TLS credentials to use to secure the
|
|
|
|
VNC server. They will apply to both the normal VNC server socket
|
|
|
|
and the websocket socket (if enabled). Setting TLS credentials
|
|
|
|
will cause the VNC server socket to enable the VeNCrypt auth
|
|
|
|
mechanism. The credentials should have been previously created
|
|
|
|
using the ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``tls-authz=ID``
|
|
|
|
Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
|
|
|
|
the client's x509 distinguished name will validated. This object
|
|
|
|
is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated
|
|
|
|
on the fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will
|
|
|
|
default to denying access.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:23 +01:00
|
|
|
``sasl=on|off``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the VNC
|
|
|
|
server. The exact choice of authentication method used is
|
|
|
|
controlled from the system / user's SASL configuration file for
|
|
|
|
the 'qemu' service. This is typically found in
|
|
|
|
/etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an unprivileged user,
|
|
|
|
an environment variable SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it
|
|
|
|
search alternate locations for the service config. While some
|
|
|
|
SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
|
|
|
|
it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls'
|
|
|
|
and 'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server
|
|
|
|
certificates. This ensures a data encryption preventing
|
|
|
|
compromise of authentication credentials. See the
|
2020-11-16 15:47:36 +01:00
|
|
|
:ref:`VNC security` section in the System Emulation Users Guide
|
|
|
|
for details on using SASL authentication.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``sasl-authz=ID``
|
|
|
|
Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
|
|
|
|
the client's SASL username will validated. This object is only
|
|
|
|
resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
|
|
|
|
fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
|
|
|
|
to denying access.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:23 +01:00
|
|
|
``acl=on|off``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Legacy method for enabling authorization of clients against the
|
|
|
|
x509 distinguished name and SASL username. It results in the
|
|
|
|
creation of two ``authz-list`` objects with IDs of
|
|
|
|
``vnc.username`` and ``vnc.x509dname``. The rules for these
|
|
|
|
objects must be configured with the HMP ACL commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new
|
|
|
|
``sasl-authz`` and ``tls-authz`` options are a replacement.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:23 +01:00
|
|
|
``lossy=on|off``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Enable lossy compression methods (gradient, JPEG, ...). If this
|
|
|
|
option is set, VNC client may receive lossy framebuffer updates
|
|
|
|
depending on its encoding settings. Enabling this option can
|
|
|
|
save a lot of bandwidth at the expense of quality.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:23 +01:00
|
|
|
``non-adaptive=on|off``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Disable adaptive encodings. Adaptive encodings are enabled by
|
|
|
|
default. An adaptive encoding will try to detect frequently
|
|
|
|
updated screen regions, and send updates in these regions using
|
|
|
|
a lossy encoding (like JPEG). This can be really helpful to save
|
|
|
|
bandwidth when playing videos. Disabling adaptive encodings
|
|
|
|
restores the original static behavior of encodings like Tight.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``share=[allow-exclusive|force-shared|ignore]``
|
|
|
|
Set display sharing policy. 'allow-exclusive' allows clients to
|
|
|
|
ask for exclusive access. As suggested by the rfb spec this is
|
|
|
|
implemented by dropping other connections. Connecting multiple
|
|
|
|
clients in parallel requires all clients asking for a shared
|
|
|
|
session (vncviewer: -shared switch). This is the default.
|
|
|
|
'force-shared' disables exclusive client access. Useful for
|
|
|
|
shared desktop sessions, where you don't want someone forgetting
|
|
|
|
specify -shared disconnect everybody else. 'ignore' completely
|
|
|
|
ignores the shared flag and allows everybody connect
|
|
|
|
unconditionally. Doesn't conform to the rfb spec but is
|
|
|
|
traditional QEMU behavior.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``key-delay-ms``
|
|
|
|
Set keyboard delay, for key down and key up events, in
|
|
|
|
milliseconds. Default is 10. Keyboards are low-bandwidth
|
|
|
|
devices, so this slowdown can help the device and guest to keep
|
|
|
|
up and not lose events in case events are arriving in bulk.
|
|
|
|
Possible causes for the latter are flaky network connections, or
|
|
|
|
scripts for automated testing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``audiodev=audiodev``
|
|
|
|
Use the specified audiodev when the VNC client requests audio
|
|
|
|
transmission. When not using an -audiodev argument, this option
|
|
|
|
must be omitted, otherwise is must be present and specify a
|
|
|
|
valid audiodev.
|
2020-12-11 17:08:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:23 +01:00
|
|
|
``power-control=on|off``
|
2020-12-11 17:08:25 +01:00
|
|
|
Permit the remote client to issue shutdown, reboot or reset power
|
|
|
|
control requests.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2011-12-19 07:19:31 +01:00
|
|
|
ARCHHEADING(, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2017-10-02 16:03:00 +02:00
|
|
|
ARCHHEADING(i386 target only:, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("win2k-hack", 0, QEMU_OPTION_win2k_hack,
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-win2k-hack use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_I386)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-win2k-hack``
|
|
|
|
Use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug. After
|
|
|
|
Windows 2000 is installed, you no longer need this option (this
|
|
|
|
option slows down the IDE transfers).
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("no-fd-bootchk", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_fd_bootchk,
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-no-fd-bootchk disable boot signature checking for floppy disks\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_I386)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-no-fd-bootchk``
|
|
|
|
Disable boot signature checking for floppy disks in BIOS. May be
|
|
|
|
needed to boot from old floppy disks.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("no-acpi", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_acpi,
|
2015-05-29 12:28:54 +02:00
|
|
|
"-no-acpi disable ACPI\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-no-acpi``
|
|
|
|
Disable ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) support.
|
|
|
|
Use it if your guest OS complains about ACPI problems (PC target
|
|
|
|
machine only).
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("no-hpet", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_hpet,
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-no-hpet disable HPET\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-no-hpet``
|
|
|
|
Disable HPET support.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("acpitable", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_acpitable,
|
2011-05-12 16:44:17 +02:00
|
|
|
"-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n][,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,{data|file}=file1[:file2]...]\n"
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
" ACPI table description\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n] [,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,data=file1[:file2]...]``
|
|
|
|
Add ACPI table with specified header fields and context from
|
|
|
|
specified files. For file=, take whole ACPI table from the specified
|
|
|
|
files, including all ACPI headers (possible overridden by other
|
|
|
|
options). For data=, only data portion of the table is used, all
|
|
|
|
header information is specified in the command line. If a SLIC table
|
|
|
|
is supplied to QEMU, then the SLIC's oem\_id and oem\_table\_id
|
|
|
|
fields will override the same in the RSDT and the FADT (a.k.a.
|
|
|
|
FACP), in order to ensure the field matches required by the
|
|
|
|
Microsoft SLIC spec and the ACPI spec.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
qemu: Add support for SMBIOS command line otions (Alex Williamson)
Create a new -smbios option (x86-only) to allow binary SMBIOS entries
to be passed through to the BIOS or modify the default values of
individual fields of type 0 and 1 entries on the command line.
Binary SMBIOS entries can be generated as follows:
dmidecode -t 1 -u | grep $'^\t\t[^"]' | xargs -n1 | \
perl -lne 'printf "%c", hex($_)' > smbios_type_1.bin
These can then be passed to the BIOS using this switch:
-smbios file=smbios_type_1.bin
Command line generation supports the following syntax:
-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]
-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]
[,uuid=$(uuidgen)][,sku=str][,family=str]
For instance, to add a serial number to the type 1 table:
-smbios type=1,serial=0123456789
Interface is extensible to support more fields/tables as needed.
aliguori: remove texi formatting from help output
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
git-svn-id: svn://svn.savannah.nongnu.org/qemu/trunk@7163 c046a42c-6fe2-441c-8c8c-71466251a162
2009-04-17 20:59:56 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("smbios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smbios,
|
|
|
|
"-smbios file=binary\n"
|
2010-01-06 20:33:57 +01:00
|
|
|
" load SMBIOS entry from binary file\n"
|
2015-02-05 17:45:30 +01:00
|
|
|
"-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,uefi=on|off]\n"
|
2010-01-06 20:33:57 +01:00
|
|
|
" specify SMBIOS type 0 fields\n"
|
qemu: Add support for SMBIOS command line otions (Alex Williamson)
Create a new -smbios option (x86-only) to allow binary SMBIOS entries
to be passed through to the BIOS or modify the default values of
individual fields of type 0 and 1 entries on the command line.
Binary SMBIOS entries can be generated as follows:
dmidecode -t 1 -u | grep $'^\t\t[^"]' | xargs -n1 | \
perl -lne 'printf "%c", hex($_)' > smbios_type_1.bin
These can then be passed to the BIOS using this switch:
-smbios file=smbios_type_1.bin
Command line generation supports the following syntax:
-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]
-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]
[,uuid=$(uuidgen)][,sku=str][,family=str]
For instance, to add a serial number to the type 1 table:
-smbios type=1,serial=0123456789
Interface is extensible to support more fields/tables as needed.
aliguori: remove texi formatting from help output
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
git-svn-id: svn://svn.savannah.nongnu.org/qemu/trunk@7163 c046a42c-6fe2-441c-8c8c-71466251a162
2009-04-17 20:59:56 +02:00
|
|
|
"-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]\n"
|
2015-02-05 17:45:30 +01:00
|
|
|
" specify SMBIOS type 1 fields\n"
|
|
|
|
"-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,asset=str][,location=str]\n"
|
|
|
|
" specify SMBIOS type 2 fields\n"
|
|
|
|
"-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,sku=str]\n"
|
|
|
|
" specify SMBIOS type 3 fields\n"
|
|
|
|
"-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
|
2020-08-06 05:56:33 +02:00
|
|
|
" [,asset=str][,part=str][,max-speed=%d][,current-speed=%d]\n"
|
2015-02-05 17:45:30 +01:00
|
|
|
" specify SMBIOS type 4 fields\n"
|
2020-09-23 15:38:04 +02:00
|
|
|
"-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]\n"
|
|
|
|
" specify SMBIOS type 11 fields\n"
|
2015-02-05 17:45:30 +01:00
|
|
|
"-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str]\n"
|
2015-03-11 18:58:01 +01:00
|
|
|
" [,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]\n"
|
hw/smbios: support for type 41 (onboard devices extended information)
Type 41 defines the attributes of devices that are onboard. The
original intent was to imply the BIOS had some level of control over
the enablement of the associated devices.
If network devices are present in this table, by default, udev will
name the corresponding interfaces enoX, X being the instance number.
Without such information, udev will fallback to using the PCI ID and
this usually gives ens3 or ens4. This can be a bit annoying as the
name of the network card may depend on the order of options and may
change if a new PCI device is added earlier on the commande line.
Being able to provide SMBIOS type 41 entry ensure the name of the
interface won't change and helps the user guess the right name without
booting a first time.
This can be invoked with:
$QEMU -netdev user,id=internet
-device virtio-net-pci,mac=50:54:00:00:00:42,netdev=internet,id=internet-dev \
-smbios type=41,designation='Onboard LAN',instance=1,kind=ethernet,pcidev=internet-dev
The PCI segment is assumed to be 0. This should hold true for most
cases.
$ dmidecode -t 41
# dmidecode 3.3
Getting SMBIOS data from sysfs.
SMBIOS 2.8 present.
Handle 0x2900, DMI type 41, 11 bytes
Onboard Device
Reference Designation: Onboard LAN
Type: Ethernet
Status: Enabled
Type Instance: 1
Bus Address: 0000:00:09.0
$ ip -brief a
lo UNKNOWN 127.0.0.1/8 ::1/128
eno1 UP 10.0.2.14/24 fec0::5254:ff:fe00:42/64 fe80::5254:ff:fe00:42/64
Signed-off-by: Vincent Bernat <vincent@bernat.ch>
Message-Id: <20210401171138.62970-1-vincent@bernat.ch>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
2021-04-01 19:11:38 +02:00
|
|
|
" specify SMBIOS type 17 fields\n"
|
|
|
|
"-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]\n"
|
|
|
|
" specify SMBIOS type 41 fields\n",
|
2015-09-07 11:39:29 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-smbios file=binary``
|
|
|
|
Load SMBIOS entry from binary file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d][,uefi=on|off]``
|
|
|
|
Specify SMBIOS type 0 fields
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]``
|
|
|
|
Specify SMBIOS type 1 fields
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,location=str]``
|
|
|
|
Specify SMBIOS type 2 fields
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,sku=str]``
|
|
|
|
Specify SMBIOS type 3 fields
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str]``
|
|
|
|
Specify SMBIOS type 4 fields
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-23 15:38:04 +02:00
|
|
|
``-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]``
|
|
|
|
Specify SMBIOS type 11 fields
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This argument can be repeated multiple times, and values are added in the order they are parsed.
|
|
|
|
Applications intending to use OEM strings data are encouraged to use their application name as
|
|
|
|
a prefix for the value string. This facilitates passing information for multiple applications
|
|
|
|
concurrently.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``value=str`` syntax provides the string data inline, while the ``path=filename`` syntax
|
|
|
|
loads data from a file on disk. Note that the file is not permitted to contain any NUL bytes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Both the ``value`` and ``path`` options can be repeated multiple times and will be added to
|
|
|
|
the SMBIOS table in the order in which they appear.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that on the x86 architecture, the total size of all SMBIOS tables is limited to 65535
|
|
|
|
bytes. Thus the OEM strings data is not suitable for passing large amounts of data into the
|
|
|
|
guest. Instead it should be used as a indicator to inform the guest where to locate the real
|
|
|
|
data set, for example, by specifying the serial ID of a block device.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An example passing three strings is
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-smbios type=11,value=cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/,\\
|
|
|
|
value=anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os,\\
|
|
|
|
path=/some/file/with/oemstringsdata.txt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the guest OS this is visible with the ``dmidecode`` command
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ dmidecode -t 11
|
|
|
|
Handle 0x0E00, DMI type 11, 5 bytes
|
|
|
|
OEM Strings
|
|
|
|
String 1: cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/
|
|
|
|
String 2: anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os
|
|
|
|
String 3: myapp:some extra data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
``-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]``
|
|
|
|
Specify SMBIOS type 17 fields
|
hw/smbios: support for type 41 (onboard devices extended information)
Type 41 defines the attributes of devices that are onboard. The
original intent was to imply the BIOS had some level of control over
the enablement of the associated devices.
If network devices are present in this table, by default, udev will
name the corresponding interfaces enoX, X being the instance number.
Without such information, udev will fallback to using the PCI ID and
this usually gives ens3 or ens4. This can be a bit annoying as the
name of the network card may depend on the order of options and may
change if a new PCI device is added earlier on the commande line.
Being able to provide SMBIOS type 41 entry ensure the name of the
interface won't change and helps the user guess the right name without
booting a first time.
This can be invoked with:
$QEMU -netdev user,id=internet
-device virtio-net-pci,mac=50:54:00:00:00:42,netdev=internet,id=internet-dev \
-smbios type=41,designation='Onboard LAN',instance=1,kind=ethernet,pcidev=internet-dev
The PCI segment is assumed to be 0. This should hold true for most
cases.
$ dmidecode -t 41
# dmidecode 3.3
Getting SMBIOS data from sysfs.
SMBIOS 2.8 present.
Handle 0x2900, DMI type 41, 11 bytes
Onboard Device
Reference Designation: Onboard LAN
Type: Ethernet
Status: Enabled
Type Instance: 1
Bus Address: 0000:00:09.0
$ ip -brief a
lo UNKNOWN 127.0.0.1/8 ::1/128
eno1 UP 10.0.2.14/24 fec0::5254:ff:fe00:42/64 fe80::5254:ff:fe00:42/64
Signed-off-by: Vincent Bernat <vincent@bernat.ch>
Message-Id: <20210401171138.62970-1-vincent@bernat.ch>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
2021-04-01 19:11:38 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]``
|
|
|
|
Specify SMBIOS type 41 fields
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This argument can be repeated multiple times. Its main use is to allow network interfaces be created
|
|
|
|
as ``enoX`` on Linux, with X being the instance number, instead of the name depending on the interface
|
|
|
|
position on the PCI bus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here is an example of use:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-netdev user,id=internet \\
|
|
|
|
-device virtio-net-pci,mac=50:54:00:00:00:42,netdev=internet,id=internet-dev \\
|
|
|
|
-smbios type=41,designation='Onboard LAN',instance=1,kind=ethernet,pcidev=internet-dev
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the guest OS, the device should then appear as ``eno1``:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
..parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ ip -brief l
|
|
|
|
lo UNKNOWN 00:00:00:00:00:00 <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP>
|
|
|
|
eno1 UP 50:54:00:00:00:42 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currently, the PCI device has to be attached to the root bus.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
ERST
|
qemu: Add support for SMBIOS command line otions (Alex Williamson)
Create a new -smbios option (x86-only) to allow binary SMBIOS entries
to be passed through to the BIOS or modify the default values of
individual fields of type 0 and 1 entries on the command line.
Binary SMBIOS entries can be generated as follows:
dmidecode -t 1 -u | grep $'^\t\t[^"]' | xargs -n1 | \
perl -lne 'printf "%c", hex($_)' > smbios_type_1.bin
These can then be passed to the BIOS using this switch:
-smbios file=smbios_type_1.bin
Command line generation supports the following syntax:
-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]
-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]
[,uuid=$(uuidgen)][,sku=str][,family=str]
For instance, to add a serial number to the type 1 table:
-smbios type=1,serial=0123456789
Interface is extensible to support more fields/tables as needed.
aliguori: remove texi formatting from help output
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
git-svn-id: svn://svn.savannah.nongnu.org/qemu/trunk@7163 c046a42c-6fe2-441c-8c8c-71466251a162
2009-04-17 20:59:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01:00
|
|
|
DEFHEADING()
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2017-10-02 16:03:00 +02:00
|
|
|
DEFHEADING(Network options:)
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2015-05-15 16:58:24 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("netdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_netdev,
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
|
2021-02-16 20:10:21 +01:00
|
|
|
"-netdev user,id=str[,ipv4=on|off][,net=addr[/mask]][,host=addr]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,ipv6=on|off][,ipv6-net=addr[/int]][,ipv6-host=addr]\n"
|
2016-03-20 12:29:54 +01:00
|
|
|
" [,restrict=on|off][,hostname=host][,dhcpstart=addr]\n"
|
2018-02-27 17:06:01 +01:00
|
|
|
" [,dns=addr][,ipv6-dns=addr][,dnssearch=domain][,domainname=domain]\n"
|
2018-09-14 09:26:16 +02:00
|
|
|
" [,tftp=dir][,tftp-server-name=name][,bootfile=f][,hostfwd=rule][,guestfwd=rule]"
|
2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02:00
|
|
|
#ifndef _WIN32
|
2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02:00
|
|
|
"[,smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]]\n"
|
2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2015-05-15 16:58:24 +02:00
|
|
|
" configure a user mode network backend with ID 'str',\n"
|
|
|
|
" its DHCP server and optional services\n"
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef _WIN32
|
2015-05-15 16:58:24 +02:00
|
|
|
"-netdev tap,id=str,ifname=name\n"
|
|
|
|
" configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
#else
|
2015-05-15 16:58:24 +02:00
|
|
|
"-netdev tap,id=str[,fd=h][,fds=x:y:...:z][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile]\n"
|
2016-09-13 09:11:54 +02:00
|
|
|
" [,br=bridge][,helper=helper][,sndbuf=nbytes][,vnet_hdr=on|off][,vhost=on|off]\n"
|
2015-05-15 16:58:24 +02:00
|
|
|
" [,vhostfd=h][,vhostfds=x:y:...:z][,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]\n"
|
2016-07-06 03:57:55 +02:00
|
|
|
" [,poll-us=n]\n"
|
2015-05-15 16:58:24 +02:00
|
|
|
" configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
|
2016-09-13 09:11:54 +02:00
|
|
|
" connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
|
Add support for net bridge
The most common use of -net tap is to connect a tap device to a bridge. This
requires the use of a script and running qemu as root in order to allocate a
tap device to pass to the script.
This model is great for portability and flexibility but it's incredibly
difficult to eliminate the need to run qemu as root. The only really viable
mechanism is to use tunctl to create a tap device, attach it to a bridge as
root, and then hand that tap device to qemu. The problem with this mechanism
is that it requires administrator intervention whenever a user wants to create
a guest.
By essentially writing a helper that implements the most common qemu-ifup
script that can be safely given cap_net_admin, we can dramatically simplify
things for non-privileged users. We still support existing -net tap options
as a mechanism for advanced users and backwards compatibility.
Currently, this is very Linux centric but there's really no reason why it
couldn't be extended for other Unixes.
A typical invocation would be similar to one of the following:
qemu linux.img -net bridge -net nic,model=virtio
qemu linux.img -net tap,helper="/usr/local/libexec/qemu-bridge-helper"
-net nic,model=virtio
qemu linux.img -netdev bridge,id=hn0
-device virtio-net-pci,netdev=hn0,id=nic1
qemu linux.img -netdev tap,helper="/usr/local/libexec/qemu-bridge-helper",id=hn0
-device virtio-net-pci,netdev=hn0,id=nic1
The default bridge that we attach to is br0. The thinking is that a distro
could preconfigure such an interface to allow out-of-the-box bridged networking.
Alternatively, if a user wants to use a different bridge, a typical invocation
would be simliar to one of the following:
qemu linux.img -net bridge,br=qemubr0 -net nic,model=virtio
qemu linux.img -net tap,helper="/usr/local/libexec/qemu-bridge-helper --br=qemubr0"
-net nic,model=virtio
qemu linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=hn0
-device virtio-net-pci,netdev=hn0,id=nic1
qemu linux.img -netdev tap,helper="/usr/local/libexec/qemu-bridge-helper --br=qemubr0",id=hn0
-device virtio-net-pci,netdev=hn0,id=nic1
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Richa Marwaha <rmarwah@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Corey Bryant <coreyb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
2012-01-26 15:42:27 +01:00
|
|
|
" use network scripts 'file' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_SCRIPT ")\n"
|
|
|
|
" to configure it and 'dfile' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_DOWN_SCRIPT ")\n"
|
|
|
|
" to deconfigure it\n"
|
2010-01-06 20:33:57 +01:00
|
|
|
" use '[down]script=no' to disable script execution\n"
|
Add support for net bridge
The most common use of -net tap is to connect a tap device to a bridge. This
requires the use of a script and running qemu as root in order to allocate a
tap device to pass to the script.
This model is great for portability and flexibility but it's incredibly
difficult to eliminate the need to run qemu as root. The only really viable
mechanism is to use tunctl to create a tap device, attach it to a bridge as
root, and then hand that tap device to qemu. The problem with this mechanism
is that it requires administrator intervention whenever a user wants to create
a guest.
By essentially writing a helper that implements the most common qemu-ifup
script that can be safely given cap_net_admin, we can dramatically simplify
things for non-privileged users. We still support existing -net tap options
as a mechanism for advanced users and backwards compatibility.
Currently, this is very Linux centric but there's really no reason why it
couldn't be extended for other Unixes.
A typical invocation would be similar to one of the following:
qemu linux.img -net bridge -net nic,model=virtio
qemu linux.img -net tap,helper="/usr/local/libexec/qemu-bridge-helper"
-net nic,model=virtio
qemu linux.img -netdev bridge,id=hn0
-device virtio-net-pci,netdev=hn0,id=nic1
qemu linux.img -netdev tap,helper="/usr/local/libexec/qemu-bridge-helper",id=hn0
-device virtio-net-pci,netdev=hn0,id=nic1
The default bridge that we attach to is br0. The thinking is that a distro
could preconfigure such an interface to allow out-of-the-box bridged networking.
Alternatively, if a user wants to use a different bridge, a typical invocation
would be simliar to one of the following:
qemu linux.img -net bridge,br=qemubr0 -net nic,model=virtio
qemu linux.img -net tap,helper="/usr/local/libexec/qemu-bridge-helper --br=qemubr0"
-net nic,model=virtio
qemu linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=hn0
-device virtio-net-pci,netdev=hn0,id=nic1
qemu linux.img -netdev tap,helper="/usr/local/libexec/qemu-bridge-helper --br=qemubr0",id=hn0
-device virtio-net-pci,netdev=hn0,id=nic1
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Richa Marwaha <rmarwah@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Corey Bryant <coreyb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
2012-01-26 15:42:27 +01:00
|
|
|
" use network helper 'helper' (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ") to\n"
|
|
|
|
" configure it\n"
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
" use 'fd=h' to connect to an already opened TAP interface\n"
|
2013-02-20 11:04:01 +01:00
|
|
|
" use 'fds=x:y:...:z' to connect to already opened multiqueue capable TAP interfaces\n"
|
2010-01-06 20:33:57 +01:00
|
|
|
" use 'sndbuf=nbytes' to limit the size of the send buffer (the\n"
|
2011-02-01 13:25:40 +01:00
|
|
|
" default is disabled 'sndbuf=0' to enable flow control set 'sndbuf=1048576')\n"
|
2010-01-06 20:33:57 +01:00
|
|
|
" use vnet_hdr=off to avoid enabling the IFF_VNET_HDR tap flag\n"
|
|
|
|
" use vnet_hdr=on to make the lack of IFF_VNET_HDR support an error condition\n"
|
2010-03-17 12:08:24 +01:00
|
|
|
" use vhost=on to enable experimental in kernel accelerator\n"
|
2011-02-01 21:13:42 +01:00
|
|
|
" (only has effect for virtio guests which use MSIX)\n"
|
|
|
|
" use vhostforce=on to force vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests\n"
|
2010-03-17 12:08:24 +01:00
|
|
|
" use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost net device\n"
|
2013-02-20 11:04:01 +01:00
|
|
|
" use 'vhostfds=x:y:...:z to connect to multiple already opened vhost net devices\n"
|
2013-02-22 15:57:52 +01:00
|
|
|
" use 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for multiqueue TAP\n"
|
2021-03-09 12:15:10 +01:00
|
|
|
" use 'poll-us=n' to specify the maximum number of microseconds that could be\n"
|
2016-07-06 03:57:55 +02:00
|
|
|
" spent on busy polling for vhost net\n"
|
2015-05-15 16:58:24 +02:00
|
|
|
"-netdev bridge,id=str[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]\n"
|
|
|
|
" configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str' that is\n"
|
|
|
|
" connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
|
|
|
|
" using the program 'helper (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ")\n"
|
2014-06-20 11:34:41 +02:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef __linux__
|
2015-05-15 16:58:24 +02:00
|
|
|
"-netdev l2tpv3,id=str,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport]\n"
|
2021-02-16 20:10:21 +01:00
|
|
|
" [,rxsession=rxsession],txsession=txsession[,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off]\n"
|
|
|
|
" [,cookie64=on|off][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie]\n"
|
2015-05-15 16:58:24 +02:00
|
|
|
" [,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]\n"
|
|
|
|
" configure a network backend with ID 'str' connected to\n"
|
|
|
|
" an Ethernet over L2TPv3 pseudowire.\n"
|
2014-06-20 11:34:41 +02:00
|
|
|
" Linux kernel 3.3+ as well as most routers can talk\n"
|
2014-07-24 18:10:17 +02:00
|
|
|
" L2TPv3. This transport allows connecting a VM to a VM,\n"
|
2014-06-20 11:34:41 +02:00
|
|
|
" VM to a router and even VM to Host. It is a nearly-universal\n"
|
2020-02-29 12:17:27 +01:00
|
|
|
" standard (RFC3931). Note - this implementation uses static\n"
|
2014-06-20 11:34:41 +02:00
|
|
|
" pre-configured tunnels (same as the Linux kernel).\n"
|
|
|
|
" use 'src=' to specify source address\n"
|
|
|
|
" use 'dst=' to specify destination address\n"
|
|
|
|
" use 'udp=on' to specify udp encapsulation\n"
|
2014-08-14 08:35:48 +02:00
|
|
|
" use 'srcport=' to specify source udp port\n"
|
2014-06-20 11:34:41 +02:00
|
|
|
" use 'dstport=' to specify destination udp port\n"
|
|
|
|
" use 'ipv6=on' to force v6\n"
|
|
|
|
" L2TPv3 uses cookies to prevent misconfiguration as\n"
|
|
|
|
" well as a weak security measure\n"
|
|
|
|
" use 'rxcookie=0x012345678' to specify a rxcookie\n"
|
|
|
|
" use 'txcookie=0x012345678' to specify a txcookie\n"
|
|
|
|
" use 'cookie64=on' to set cookie size to 64 bit, otherwise 32\n"
|
|
|
|
" use 'counter=off' to force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter\n"
|
|
|
|
" use 'pincounter=on' to work around broken counter handling in peer\n"
|
|
|
|
" use 'offset=X' to add an extra offset between header and data\n"
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2015-05-15 16:58:24 +02:00
|
|
|
"-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]\n"
|
|
|
|
" configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
|
|
|
|
" using a socket connection\n"
|
|
|
|
"-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]\n"
|
|
|
|
" configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
|
2010-12-01 20:16:47 +01:00
|
|
|
" use 'localaddr=addr' to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
|
2015-05-15 16:58:24 +02:00
|
|
|
"-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,udp=host:port][,localaddr=host:port]\n"
|
|
|
|
" configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
|
|
|
|
" using an UDP tunnel\n"
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
|
2015-05-15 16:58:24 +02:00
|
|
|
"-netdev vde,id=str[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]\n"
|
|
|
|
" configure a network backend to connect to port 'n' of a vde switch\n"
|
|
|
|
" running on host and listening for incoming connections on 'socketpath'.\n"
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
" Use group 'groupname' and mode 'octalmode' to change default\n"
|
|
|
|
" ownership and permissions for communication port.\n"
|
2013-11-06 11:44:06 +01:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
|
2015-05-15 16:58:24 +02:00
|
|
|
"-netdev netmap,id=str,ifname=name[,devname=nmname]\n"
|
2013-11-06 11:44:06 +01:00
|
|
|
" attach to the existing netmap-enabled network interface 'name', or to a\n"
|
|
|
|
" VALE port (created on the fly) called 'name' ('nmname' is name of the \n"
|
|
|
|
" netmap device, defaults to '/dev/netmap')\n"
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2018-02-21 11:18:32 +01:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
|
2015-05-15 16:58:24 +02:00
|
|
|
"-netdev vhost-user,id=str,chardev=dev[,vhostforce=on|off]\n"
|
|
|
|
" configure a vhost-user network, backed by a chardev 'dev'\n"
|
2020-07-01 16:55:37 +02:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef __linux__
|
|
|
|
"-netdev vhost-vdpa,id=str,vhostdev=/path/to/dev\n"
|
|
|
|
" configure a vhost-vdpa network,Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev\n"
|
2018-02-21 11:18:32 +01:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
net: Allow hubports to connect to other netdevs
QEMU can emulate hubs to connect NICs and netdevs. This is currently
primarily used for the mis-named 'vlan' feature of the networking
subsystem. Now the 'vlan' feature has been marked as deprecated, since
its name is rather confusing and the users often rather mis-configure
their network when trying to use it. But while the 'vlan' parameter
should be removed at one point in time, the basic idea of emulating
a hub in QEMU is still good: It's useful for bundling up the output of
multiple NICs into one single l2tp netdev for example.
Now to be able to use the hubport feature without 'vlan's, there is one
missing piece: The possibility to connect a hubport to a netdev, too.
This patch adds this possibility by introducing a new "netdev=..."
parameter to the hubports.
To bundle up the output of multiple NICs into one socket netdev, you can
now run QEMU with these parameters for example:
qemu-system-ppc64 ... -netdev socket,id=s1,connect=:11122 \
-netdev hubport,hubid=1,id=h1,netdev=s1 \
-netdev hubport,hubid=1,id=h2 -device e1000,netdev=h2 \
-netdev hubport,hubid=1,id=h3 -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=h3
For using the socket netdev, you have got to start another QEMU as the
receiving side first, for example with network dumping enabled:
qemu-system-x86_64 -M isapc -netdev socket,id=s0,listen=:11122 \
-device ne2k_isa,netdev=s0 \
-object filter-dump,id=f1,netdev=s0,file=/tmp/dump.dat
After the ppc64 guest tried to boot from both NICs, you can see in the
dump file (using Wireshark, for example), that the output of both NICs
(the e1000 and the virtio-net-pci) has been successfully transfered
via the socket netdev in this case.
Suggested-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
2018-01-15 20:50:55 +01:00
|
|
|
"-netdev hubport,id=str,hubid=n[,netdev=nd]\n"
|
2018-04-30 20:02:23 +02:00
|
|
|
" configure a hub port on the hub with ID 'n'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2018-02-21 11:18:36 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("nic", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_nic,
|
2018-07-16 21:12:08 +02:00
|
|
|
"-nic [tap|bridge|"
|
2018-02-21 11:18:36 +01:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
|
|
|
|
"user|"
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef __linux__
|
|
|
|
"l2tpv3|"
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
|
|
|
|
"vde|"
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
|
|
|
|
"netmap|"
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
|
|
|
|
"vhost-user|"
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
"socket][,option][,...][mac=macaddr]\n"
|
|
|
|
" initialize an on-board / default host NIC (using MAC address\n"
|
|
|
|
" macaddr) and connect it to the given host network backend\n"
|
2018-07-16 21:12:08 +02:00
|
|
|
"-nic none use it alone to have zero network devices (the default is to\n"
|
2018-02-21 11:18:36 +01:00
|
|
|
" provided a 'user' network connection)\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2015-05-15 16:58:24 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("net", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_net,
|
2018-04-30 20:02:23 +02:00
|
|
|
"-net nic[,macaddr=mac][,model=type][,name=str][,addr=str][,vectors=v]\n"
|
2017-12-19 16:28:55 +01:00
|
|
|
" configure or create an on-board (or machine default) NIC and\n"
|
2018-04-30 20:02:23 +02:00
|
|
|
" connect it to hub 0 (please use -nic unless you need a hub)\n"
|
2015-05-15 16:58:24 +02:00
|
|
|
"-net ["
|
2009-10-08 20:58:26 +02:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
|
|
|
|
"user|"
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
"tap|"
|
Add support for net bridge
The most common use of -net tap is to connect a tap device to a bridge. This
requires the use of a script and running qemu as root in order to allocate a
tap device to pass to the script.
This model is great for portability and flexibility but it's incredibly
difficult to eliminate the need to run qemu as root. The only really viable
mechanism is to use tunctl to create a tap device, attach it to a bridge as
root, and then hand that tap device to qemu. The problem with this mechanism
is that it requires administrator intervention whenever a user wants to create
a guest.
By essentially writing a helper that implements the most common qemu-ifup
script that can be safely given cap_net_admin, we can dramatically simplify
things for non-privileged users. We still support existing -net tap options
as a mechanism for advanced users and backwards compatibility.
Currently, this is very Linux centric but there's really no reason why it
couldn't be extended for other Unixes.
A typical invocation would be similar to one of the following:
qemu linux.img -net bridge -net nic,model=virtio
qemu linux.img -net tap,helper="/usr/local/libexec/qemu-bridge-helper"
-net nic,model=virtio
qemu linux.img -netdev bridge,id=hn0
-device virtio-net-pci,netdev=hn0,id=nic1
qemu linux.img -netdev tap,helper="/usr/local/libexec/qemu-bridge-helper",id=hn0
-device virtio-net-pci,netdev=hn0,id=nic1
The default bridge that we attach to is br0. The thinking is that a distro
could preconfigure such an interface to allow out-of-the-box bridged networking.
Alternatively, if a user wants to use a different bridge, a typical invocation
would be simliar to one of the following:
qemu linux.img -net bridge,br=qemubr0 -net nic,model=virtio
qemu linux.img -net tap,helper="/usr/local/libexec/qemu-bridge-helper --br=qemubr0"
-net nic,model=virtio
qemu linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=hn0
-device virtio-net-pci,netdev=hn0,id=nic1
qemu linux.img -netdev tap,helper="/usr/local/libexec/qemu-bridge-helper --br=qemubr0",id=hn0
-device virtio-net-pci,netdev=hn0,id=nic1
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Richa Marwaha <rmarwah@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Corey Bryant <coreyb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
2012-01-26 15:42:27 +01:00
|
|
|
"bridge|"
|
2009-10-08 20:58:26 +02:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
|
|
|
|
"vde|"
|
2013-11-06 11:44:06 +01:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
|
|
|
|
"netmap|"
|
2009-10-08 20:58:26 +02:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2018-04-30 20:02:23 +02:00
|
|
|
"socket][,option][,option][,...]\n"
|
2015-05-15 16:58:24 +02:00
|
|
|
" old way to initialize a host network interface\n"
|
|
|
|
" (use the -netdev option if possible instead)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-nic [tap|bridge|user|l2tpv3|vde|netmap|vhost-user|socket][,...][,mac=macaddr][,model=mn]``
|
|
|
|
This option is a shortcut for configuring both the on-board
|
|
|
|
(default) guest NIC hardware and the host network backend in one go.
|
|
|
|
The host backend options are the same as with the corresponding
|
|
|
|
``-netdev`` options below. The guest NIC model can be set with
|
|
|
|
``model=modelname``. Use ``model=help`` to list the available device
|
|
|
|
types. The hardware MAC address can be set with ``mac=macaddr``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-nic``
|
|
|
|
can be used to shorten the command line length:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system| -netdev user,id=n1,ipv6=off -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system| -nic user,ipv6=off,model=e1000,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-nic none``
|
|
|
|
Indicate that no network devices should be configured. It is used to
|
|
|
|
override the default configuration (default NIC with "user" host
|
|
|
|
network backend) which is activated if no other networking options
|
|
|
|
are provided.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-netdev user,id=id[,option][,option][,...]``
|
|
|
|
Configure user mode host network backend which requires no
|
|
|
|
administrator privilege to run. Valid options are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``id=id``
|
|
|
|
Assign symbolic name for use in monitor commands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``ipv4=on|off and ipv6=on|off``
|
|
|
|
Specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be enabled. If neither is
|
|
|
|
specified both protocols are enabled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``net=addr[/mask]``
|
|
|
|
Set IP network address the guest will see. Optionally specify
|
|
|
|
the netmask, either in the form a.b.c.d or as number of valid
|
|
|
|
top-most bits. Default is 10.0.2.0/24.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``host=addr``
|
|
|
|
Specify the guest-visible address of the host. Default is the
|
|
|
|
2nd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``ipv6-net=addr[/int]``
|
|
|
|
Set IPv6 network address the guest will see (default is
|
|
|
|
fec0::/64). The network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal
|
|
|
|
IPv6 address notation. The prefix size is optional, and is given
|
|
|
|
as the number of valid top-most bits (default is 64).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``ipv6-host=addr``
|
|
|
|
Specify the guest-visible IPv6 address of the host. Default is
|
|
|
|
the 2nd IPv6 in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``restrict=on|off``
|
|
|
|
If this option is enabled, the guest will be isolated, i.e. it
|
|
|
|
will not be able to contact the host and no guest IP packets
|
|
|
|
will be routed over the host to the outside. This option does
|
|
|
|
not affect any explicitly set forwarding rules.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``hostname=name``
|
|
|
|
Specifies the client hostname reported by the built-in DHCP
|
|
|
|
server.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``dhcpstart=addr``
|
|
|
|
Specify the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can
|
|
|
|
assign. Default is the 15th to 31st IP in the guest network,
|
|
|
|
i.e. x.x.x.15 to x.x.x.31.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``dns=addr``
|
|
|
|
Specify the guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver. The
|
|
|
|
address must be different from the host address. Default is the
|
|
|
|
3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.3.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``ipv6-dns=addr``
|
|
|
|
Specify the guest-visible address of the IPv6 virtual
|
|
|
|
nameserver. The address must be different from the host address.
|
|
|
|
Default is the 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::3.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``dnssearch=domain``
|
|
|
|
Provides an entry for the domain-search list sent by the
|
|
|
|
built-in DHCP server. More than one domain suffix can be
|
|
|
|
transmitted by specifying this option multiple times. If
|
|
|
|
supported, this will cause the guest to automatically try to
|
|
|
|
append the given domain suffix(es) in case a domain name can not
|
|
|
|
be resolved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system| -nic user,dnssearch=mgmt.example.org,dnssearch=example.org
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``domainname=domain``
|
|
|
|
Specifies the client domain name reported by the built-in DHCP
|
|
|
|
server.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``tftp=dir``
|
|
|
|
When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in TFTP
|
|
|
|
server. The files in dir will be exposed as the root of a TFTP
|
|
|
|
server. The TFTP client on the guest must be configured in
|
|
|
|
binary mode (use the command ``bin`` of the Unix TFTP client).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``tftp-server-name=name``
|
|
|
|
In BOOTP reply, broadcast name as the "TFTP server name"
|
|
|
|
(RFC2132 option 66). This can be used to advise the guest to
|
|
|
|
load boot files or configurations from a different server than
|
|
|
|
the host address.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``bootfile=file``
|
|
|
|
When using the user mode network stack, broadcast file as the
|
|
|
|
BOOTP filename. In conjunction with ``tftp``, this can be used
|
|
|
|
to network boot a guest from a local directory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example (using pxelinux):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|qemu_system| -hda linux.img -boot n -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
-netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp/files,bootfile=/pxelinux.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]``
|
|
|
|
When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in SMB
|
|
|
|
server so that Windows OSes can access to the host files in
|
|
|
|
``dir`` transparently. The IP address of the SMB server can be
|
|
|
|
set to addr. By default the 4th IP in the guest network is used,
|
|
|
|
i.e. x.x.x.4.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the guest Windows OS, the line:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.0.2.4 smbserver
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
must be added in the file ``C:\WINDOWS\LMHOSTS`` (for windows
|
|
|
|
9x/Me) or ``C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\LMHOSTS`` (Windows
|
|
|
|
NT/2000).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Then ``dir`` can be accessed in ``\\smbserver\qemu``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that a SAMBA server must be installed on the host OS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``hostfwd=[tcp|udp]:[hostaddr]:hostport-[guestaddr]:guestport``
|
|
|
|
Redirect incoming TCP or UDP connections to the host port
|
|
|
|
hostport to the guest IP address guestaddr on guest port
|
|
|
|
guestport. If guestaddr is not specified, its value is x.x.x.15
|
|
|
|
(default first address given by the built-in DHCP server). By
|
|
|
|
specifying hostaddr, the rule can be bound to a specific host
|
|
|
|
interface. If no connection type is set, TCP is used. This
|
|
|
|
option can be given multiple times.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, to redirect host X11 connection from screen 1 to
|
|
|
|
guest screen 0, use the following:
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# on the host
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp:127.0.0.1:6001-:6000
|
|
|
|
# this host xterm should open in the guest X11 server
|
|
|
|
xterm -display :1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To redirect telnet connections from host port 5555 to telnet
|
|
|
|
port on the guest, use the following:
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# on the host
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp::5555-:23
|
|
|
|
telnet localhost 5555
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Then when you use on the host ``telnet localhost 5555``, you
|
|
|
|
connect to the guest telnet server.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-dev``; \ ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-cmd:command``
|
|
|
|
Forward guest TCP connections to the IP address server on port
|
|
|
|
port to the character device dev or to a program executed by
|
|
|
|
cmd:command which gets spawned for each connection. This option
|
|
|
|
can be given multiple times.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can either use a chardev directly and have that one used
|
|
|
|
throughout QEMU's lifetime, like in the following example:
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# open 10.10.1.1:4321 on bootup, connect 10.0.2.100:1234 to it whenever
|
|
|
|
# the guest accesses it
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system| -nic user,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-tcp:10.10.1.1:4321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Or you can execute a command on every TCP connection established
|
|
|
|
by the guest, so that QEMU behaves similar to an inetd process
|
|
|
|
for that virtual server:
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# call "netcat 10.10.1.1 4321" on every TCP connection to 10.0.2.100:1234
|
|
|
|
# and connect the TCP stream to its stdin/stdout
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system| -nic 'user,id=n1,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-cmd:netcat 10.10.1.1 4321'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-netdev tap,id=id[,fd=h][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile][,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
|
|
|
|
Configure a host TAP network backend with ID id.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use the network script file to configure it and the network script
|
|
|
|
dfile to deconfigure it. If name is not provided, the OS
|
|
|
|
automatically provides one. The default network configure script is
|
|
|
|
``/etc/qemu-ifup`` and the default network deconfigure script is
|
|
|
|
``/etc/qemu-ifdown``. Use ``script=no`` or ``downscript=no`` to
|
|
|
|
disable script execution.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, use the network helper
|
2020-07-27 06:59:25 +02:00
|
|
|
to configure the TAP interface and attach it to the bridge.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
The default network helper executable is
|
|
|
|
``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
|
|
|
|
``br0``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``fd``\ =h can be used to specify the handle of an already opened
|
|
|
|
host TAP interface.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#launch a QEMU instance with the default network script
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system| linux.img -nic tap
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#launch a QEMU instance with two NICs, each one connected
|
|
|
|
#to a TAP device
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|qemu_system| linux.img \\
|
|
|
|
-netdev tap,id=nd0,ifname=tap0 -device e1000,netdev=nd0 \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
-netdev tap,id=nd1,ifname=tap1 -device rtl8139,netdev=nd1
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
|
|
|
|
#connect a TAP device to bridge br0
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
-netdev tap,id=n1,"helper=/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-netdev bridge,id=id[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
|
|
|
|
Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use the network helper helper to configure the TAP interface and
|
|
|
|
attach it to the bridge. The default network helper executable is
|
|
|
|
``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
|
|
|
|
``br0``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
|
|
|
|
#connect a TAP device to bridge br0
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
|
|
|
|
#connect a TAP device to bridge qemubr0
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]``
|
|
|
|
This host network backend can be used to connect the guest's network
|
|
|
|
to another QEMU virtual machine using a TCP socket connection. If
|
|
|
|
``listen`` is specified, QEMU waits for incoming connections on port
|
|
|
|
(host is optional). ``connect`` is used to connect to another QEMU
|
|
|
|
instance using the ``listen`` option. ``fd``\ =h specifies an
|
|
|
|
already opened TCP socket.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# launch a first QEMU instance
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|qemu_system| linux.img \\
|
|
|
|
-device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
-netdev socket,id=n1,listen=:1234
|
|
|
|
# connect the network of this instance to the network of the first instance
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|qemu_system| linux.img \\
|
|
|
|
-device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
-netdev socket,id=n2,connect=127.0.0.1:1234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]``
|
|
|
|
Configure a socket host network backend to share the guest's network
|
|
|
|
traffic with another QEMU virtual machines using a UDP multicast
|
|
|
|
socket, effectively making a bus for every QEMU with same multicast
|
|
|
|
address maddr and port. NOTES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Several QEMU can be running on different hosts and share same bus
|
|
|
|
(assuming correct multicast setup for these hosts).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. mcast support is compatible with User Mode Linux (argument
|
|
|
|
``ethN=mcast``), see http://user-mode-linux.sf.net.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. Use ``fd=h`` to specify an already opened UDP multicast socket.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# launch one QEMU instance
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|qemu_system| linux.img \\
|
|
|
|
-device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
-netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
|
|
|
|
# launch another QEMU instance on same "bus"
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|qemu_system| linux.img \\
|
|
|
|
-device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
-netdev socket,id=n2,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
|
|
|
|
# launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus"
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|qemu_system| linux.img \\
|
|
|
|
-device e1000,netdev=n3,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
-netdev socket,id=n3,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example (User Mode Linux compat.):
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# launch QEMU instance (note mcast address selected is UML's default)
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|qemu_system| linux.img \\
|
|
|
|
-device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
-netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102
|
|
|
|
# launch UML
|
|
|
|
/path/to/linux ubd0=/path/to/root_fs eth0=mcast
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example (send packets from host's 1.2.3.4):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|qemu_system| linux.img \\
|
|
|
|
-device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
-netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102,localaddr=1.2.3.4
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:21 +01:00
|
|
|
``-netdev l2tpv3,id=id,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport],txsession=txsession[,rxsession=rxsession][,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off][,cookie64][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie][,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Configure a L2TPv3 pseudowire host network backend. L2TPv3 (RFC3931)
|
|
|
|
is a popular protocol to transport Ethernet (and other Layer 2) data
|
|
|
|
frames between two systems. It is present in routers, firewalls and
|
|
|
|
the Linux kernel (from version 3.3 onwards).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This transport allows a VM to communicate to another VM, router or
|
|
|
|
firewall directly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``src=srcaddr``
|
|
|
|
source address (mandatory)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``dst=dstaddr``
|
|
|
|
destination address (mandatory)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``udp``
|
|
|
|
select udp encapsulation (default is ip).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``srcport=srcport``
|
|
|
|
source udp port.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``dstport=dstport``
|
|
|
|
destination udp port.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``ipv6``
|
|
|
|
force v6, otherwise defaults to v4.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``rxcookie=rxcookie``; \ ``txcookie=txcookie``
|
|
|
|
Cookies are a weak form of security in the l2tpv3 specification.
|
|
|
|
Their function is mostly to prevent misconfiguration. By default
|
|
|
|
they are 32 bit.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``cookie64``
|
|
|
|
Set cookie size to 64 bit instead of the default 32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``counter=off``
|
|
|
|
Force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter as in
|
|
|
|
draft-mkonstan-l2tpext-keyed-ipv6-tunnel-00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``pincounter=on``
|
|
|
|
Work around broken counter handling in peer. This may also help
|
|
|
|
on networks which have packet reorder.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``offset=offset``
|
|
|
|
Add an extra offset between header and data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, to attach a VM running on host 4.3.2.1 via L2TPv3 to
|
|
|
|
the bridge br-lan on the remote Linux host 1.2.3.4:
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# Setup tunnel on linux host using raw ip as encapsulation
|
|
|
|
# on 1.2.3.4
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
ip l2tp add tunnel remote 4.3.2.1 local 1.2.3.4 tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
encap udp udp_sport 16384 udp_dport 16384
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 name vmtunnel0 session_id \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
0xFFFFFFFF peer_session_id 0xFFFFFFFF
|
|
|
|
ifconfig vmtunnel0 mtu 1500
|
|
|
|
ifconfig vmtunnel0 up
|
|
|
|
brctl addif br-lan vmtunnel0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# on 4.3.2.1
|
|
|
|
# launch QEMU instance - if your network has reorder or is very lossy add ,pincounter
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|qemu_system| linux.img -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
-netdev l2tpv3,id=n1,src=4.2.3.1,dst=1.2.3.4,udp,srcport=16384,dstport=16384,rxsession=0xffffffff,txsession=0xffffffff,counter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-netdev vde,id=id[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]``
|
|
|
|
Configure VDE backend to connect to PORT n of a vde switch running
|
|
|
|
on host and listening for incoming connections on socketpath. Use
|
|
|
|
GROUP groupname and MODE octalmode to change default ownership and
|
|
|
|
permissions for communication port. This option is only available if
|
|
|
|
QEMU has been compiled with vde support enabled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# launch vde switch
|
|
|
|
vde_switch -F -sock /tmp/myswitch
|
|
|
|
# launch QEMU instance
|
|
|
|
|qemu_system| linux.img -nic vde,sock=/tmp/myswitch
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-netdev vhost-user,chardev=id[,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]``
|
|
|
|
Establish a vhost-user netdev, backed by a chardev id. The chardev
|
|
|
|
should be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses a
|
|
|
|
specifically defined protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement
|
|
|
|
messages to an application on the other end of the socket. On
|
|
|
|
non-MSIX guests, the feature can be forced with vhostforce. Use
|
|
|
|
'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for
|
|
|
|
multiqueue vhost-user.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
qemu -m 512 -object memory-backend-file,id=mem,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,share=on \
|
|
|
|
-numa node,memdev=mem \
|
|
|
|
-chardev socket,id=chr0,path=/path/to/socket \
|
|
|
|
-netdev type=vhost-user,id=net0,chardev=chr0 \
|
|
|
|
-device virtio-net-pci,netdev=net0
|
|
|
|
|
2020-07-01 16:55:37 +02:00
|
|
|
``-netdev vhost-vdpa,vhostdev=/path/to/dev``
|
|
|
|
Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
vDPA device is a device that uses a datapath which complies with
|
|
|
|
the virtio specifications with a vendor specific control path.
|
|
|
|
vDPA devices can be both physically located on the hardware or
|
|
|
|
emulated by software.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
``-netdev hubport,id=id,hubid=hubid[,netdev=nd]``
|
|
|
|
Create a hub port on the emulated hub with ID hubid.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The hubport netdev lets you connect a NIC to a QEMU emulated hub
|
|
|
|
instead of a single netdev. Alternatively, you can also connect the
|
|
|
|
hubport to another netdev with ID nd by using the ``netdev=nd``
|
|
|
|
option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-net nic[,netdev=nd][,macaddr=mac][,model=type] [,name=name][,addr=addr][,vectors=v]``
|
|
|
|
Legacy option to configure or create an on-board (or machine
|
|
|
|
default) Network Interface Card(NIC) and connect it either to the
|
|
|
|
emulated hub with ID 0 (i.e. the default hub), or to the netdev nd.
|
|
|
|
If model is omitted, then the default NIC model associated with the
|
|
|
|
machine type is used. Note that the default NIC model may change in
|
|
|
|
future QEMU releases, so it is highly recommended to always specify
|
|
|
|
a model. Optionally, the MAC address can be changed to mac, the
|
|
|
|
device address set to addr (PCI cards only), and a name can be
|
|
|
|
assigned for use in monitor commands. Optionally, for PCI cards, you
|
|
|
|
can specify the number v of MSI-X vectors that the card should have;
|
|
|
|
this option currently only affects virtio cards; set v = 0 to
|
|
|
|
disable MSI-X. If no ``-net`` option is specified, a single NIC is
|
|
|
|
created. QEMU can emulate several different models of network card.
|
|
|
|
Use ``-net nic,model=help`` for a list of available devices for your
|
|
|
|
target.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-net user|tap|bridge|socket|l2tpv3|vde[,...][,name=name]``
|
|
|
|
Configure a host network backend (with the options corresponding to
|
|
|
|
the same ``-netdev`` option) and connect it to the emulated hub 0
|
|
|
|
(the default hub). Use name to specify the name of the hub port.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-10-30 14:41:12 +01:00
|
|
|
DEFHEADING()
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-02 16:03:00 +02:00
|
|
|
DEFHEADING(Character device options:)
|
2009-10-30 14:41:12 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("chardev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chardev,
|
2016-08-16 19:13:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-chardev help\n"
|
qemu-char: add logfile facility to all chardev backends
Typically a UNIX guest OS will log boot messages to a serial
port in addition to any graphical console. An admin user
may also wish to use the serial port for an interactive
console. A virtualization management system may wish to
collect system boot messages by logging the serial port,
but also wish to allow admins interactive access.
Currently providing such a feature forces the mgmt app
to either provide 2 separate serial ports, one for
logging boot messages and one for interactive console
login, or to proxy all output via a separate service
that can multiplex the two needs onto one serial port.
While both are valid approaches, they each have their
own downsides. The former causes confusion and extra
setup work for VM admins creating disk images. The latter
places an extra burden to re-implement much of the QEMU
chardev backends logic in libvirt or even higher level
mgmt apps and adds extra hops in the data transfer path.
A simpler approach that is satisfactory for many use
cases is to allow the QEMU chardev backends to have a
"logfile" property associated with them.
$QEMU -chardev socket,host=localhost,port=9000,\
server=on,nowait,id-charserial0,\
logfile=/var/log/libvirt/qemu/test-serial0.log
-device isa-serial,chardev=charserial0,id=serial0
This patch introduces a 'ChardevCommon' struct which
is setup as a base for all the ChardevBackend types.
Ideally this would be registered directly as a base
against ChardevBackend, rather than each type, but
the QAPI generator doesn't allow that since the
ChardevBackend is a non-discriminated union. The
ChardevCommon struct provides the optional 'logfile'
parameter, as well as 'logappend' which controls
whether QEMU truncates or appends (default truncate).
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1452516281-27519-1-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
[Call qemu_chr_parse_common if cd->parse is NULL. - Paolo]
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
2016-01-11 13:44:41 +01:00
|
|
|
"-chardev null,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
|
2021-02-25 11:47:52 +01:00
|
|
|
"-chardev socket,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
" [,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,mux=on|off]\n"
|
chardev: add support for authorization for TLS clients
Currently any client which can complete the TLS handshake is able to use
a chardev server. The server admin can turn on the 'verify-peer' option
for the x509 creds to require the client to provide a x509
certificate. This means the client will have to acquire a certificate
from the CA before they are permitted to use the chardev server. This is
still a fairly low bar.
This adds a 'tls-authz=OBJECT-ID' option to the socket chardev backend
which takes the ID of a previously added 'QAuthZ' object instance. This
will be used to validate the client's x509 distinguished name. Clients
failing the check will not be permitted to use the chardev server.
For example to setup authorization that only allows connection from a
client whose x509 certificate distinguished name contains 'CN=fred', you
would use:
$QEMU -object tls-creds-x509,id=tls0,dir=/home/berrange/qemutls,\
endpoint=server,verify-peer=yes \
-object authz-simple,id=authz0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,\
O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB \
-chardev socket,host=127.0.0.1,port=9000,server,\
tls-creds=tls0,tls-authz=authz0 \
...other qemu args...
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc-André Lureau <marcandre.lureau@redhat.com>
2019-03-08 16:21:50 +01:00
|
|
|
" [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,tls-creds=ID][,tls-authz=ID] (tcp)\n"
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
"-chardev socket,id=id,path=path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
|
2020-05-16 05:13:27 +02:00
|
|
|
" [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off] (unix)\n"
|
2009-10-30 14:41:12 +01:00
|
|
|
"-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr]\n"
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
" [,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,mux=on|off]\n"
|
qemu-char: add logfile facility to all chardev backends
Typically a UNIX guest OS will log boot messages to a serial
port in addition to any graphical console. An admin user
may also wish to use the serial port for an interactive
console. A virtualization management system may wish to
collect system boot messages by logging the serial port,
but also wish to allow admins interactive access.
Currently providing such a feature forces the mgmt app
to either provide 2 separate serial ports, one for
logging boot messages and one for interactive console
login, or to proxy all output via a separate service
that can multiplex the two needs onto one serial port.
While both are valid approaches, they each have their
own downsides. The former causes confusion and extra
setup work for VM admins creating disk images. The latter
places an extra burden to re-implement much of the QEMU
chardev backends logic in libvirt or even higher level
mgmt apps and adds extra hops in the data transfer path.
A simpler approach that is satisfactory for many use
cases is to allow the QEMU chardev backends to have a
"logfile" property associated with them.
$QEMU -chardev socket,host=localhost,port=9000,\
server=on,nowait,id-charserial0,\
logfile=/var/log/libvirt/qemu/test-serial0.log
-device isa-serial,chardev=charserial0,id=serial0
This patch introduces a 'ChardevCommon' struct which
is setup as a base for all the ChardevBackend types.
Ideally this would be registered directly as a base
against ChardevBackend, rather than each type, but
the QAPI generator doesn't allow that since the
ChardevBackend is a non-discriminated union. The
ChardevCommon struct provides the optional 'logfile'
parameter, as well as 'logappend' which controls
whether QEMU truncates or appends (default truncate).
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1452516281-27519-1-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
[Call qemu_chr_parse_common if cd->parse is NULL. - Paolo]
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
2016-01-11 13:44:41 +01:00
|
|
|
" [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
|
|
|
|
"-chardev msmouse,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
|
2009-10-30 14:41:12 +01:00
|
|
|
"-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]\n"
|
qemu-char: add logfile facility to all chardev backends
Typically a UNIX guest OS will log boot messages to a serial
port in addition to any graphical console. An admin user
may also wish to use the serial port for an interactive
console. A virtualization management system may wish to
collect system boot messages by logging the serial port,
but also wish to allow admins interactive access.
Currently providing such a feature forces the mgmt app
to either provide 2 separate serial ports, one for
logging boot messages and one for interactive console
login, or to proxy all output via a separate service
that can multiplex the two needs onto one serial port.
While both are valid approaches, they each have their
own downsides. The former causes confusion and extra
setup work for VM admins creating disk images. The latter
places an extra burden to re-implement much of the QEMU
chardev backends logic in libvirt or even higher level
mgmt apps and adds extra hops in the data transfer path.
A simpler approach that is satisfactory for many use
cases is to allow the QEMU chardev backends to have a
"logfile" property associated with them.
$QEMU -chardev socket,host=localhost,port=9000,\
server=on,nowait,id-charserial0,\
logfile=/var/log/libvirt/qemu/test-serial0.log
-device isa-serial,chardev=charserial0,id=serial0
This patch introduces a 'ChardevCommon' struct which
is setup as a base for all the ChardevBackend types.
Ideally this would be registered directly as a base
against ChardevBackend, rather than each type, but
the QAPI generator doesn't allow that since the
ChardevBackend is a non-discriminated union. The
ChardevCommon struct provides the optional 'logfile'
parameter, as well as 'logappend' which controls
whether QEMU truncates or appends (default truncate).
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1452516281-27519-1-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
[Call qemu_chr_parse_common if cd->parse is NULL. - Paolo]
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
2016-01-11 13:44:41 +01:00
|
|
|
" [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
|
|
|
|
"-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
|
|
|
|
"-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
|
|
|
|
"-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
|
2009-10-30 14:41:12 +01:00
|
|
|
#ifdef _WIN32
|
qemu-char: add logfile facility to all chardev backends
Typically a UNIX guest OS will log boot messages to a serial
port in addition to any graphical console. An admin user
may also wish to use the serial port for an interactive
console. A virtualization management system may wish to
collect system boot messages by logging the serial port,
but also wish to allow admins interactive access.
Currently providing such a feature forces the mgmt app
to either provide 2 separate serial ports, one for
logging boot messages and one for interactive console
login, or to proxy all output via a separate service
that can multiplex the two needs onto one serial port.
While both are valid approaches, they each have their
own downsides. The former causes confusion and extra
setup work for VM admins creating disk images. The latter
places an extra burden to re-implement much of the QEMU
chardev backends logic in libvirt or even higher level
mgmt apps and adds extra hops in the data transfer path.
A simpler approach that is satisfactory for many use
cases is to allow the QEMU chardev backends to have a
"logfile" property associated with them.
$QEMU -chardev socket,host=localhost,port=9000,\
server=on,nowait,id-charserial0,\
logfile=/var/log/libvirt/qemu/test-serial0.log
-device isa-serial,chardev=charserial0,id=serial0
This patch introduces a 'ChardevCommon' struct which
is setup as a base for all the ChardevBackend types.
Ideally this would be registered directly as a base
against ChardevBackend, rather than each type, but
the QAPI generator doesn't allow that since the
ChardevBackend is a non-discriminated union. The
ChardevCommon struct provides the optional 'logfile'
parameter, as well as 'logappend' which controls
whether QEMU truncates or appends (default truncate).
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1452516281-27519-1-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
[Call qemu_chr_parse_common if cd->parse is NULL. - Paolo]
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
2016-01-11 13:44:41 +01:00
|
|
|
"-chardev console,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
|
|
|
|
"-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
|
2009-10-30 14:41:12 +01:00
|
|
|
#else
|
qemu-char: add logfile facility to all chardev backends
Typically a UNIX guest OS will log boot messages to a serial
port in addition to any graphical console. An admin user
may also wish to use the serial port for an interactive
console. A virtualization management system may wish to
collect system boot messages by logging the serial port,
but also wish to allow admins interactive access.
Currently providing such a feature forces the mgmt app
to either provide 2 separate serial ports, one for
logging boot messages and one for interactive console
login, or to proxy all output via a separate service
that can multiplex the two needs onto one serial port.
While both are valid approaches, they each have their
own downsides. The former causes confusion and extra
setup work for VM admins creating disk images. The latter
places an extra burden to re-implement much of the QEMU
chardev backends logic in libvirt or even higher level
mgmt apps and adds extra hops in the data transfer path.
A simpler approach that is satisfactory for many use
cases is to allow the QEMU chardev backends to have a
"logfile" property associated with them.
$QEMU -chardev socket,host=localhost,port=9000,\
server=on,nowait,id-charserial0,\
logfile=/var/log/libvirt/qemu/test-serial0.log
-device isa-serial,chardev=charserial0,id=serial0
This patch introduces a 'ChardevCommon' struct which
is setup as a base for all the ChardevBackend types.
Ideally this would be registered directly as a base
against ChardevBackend, rather than each type, but
the QAPI generator doesn't allow that since the
ChardevBackend is a non-discriminated union. The
ChardevCommon struct provides the optional 'logfile'
parameter, as well as 'logappend' which controls
whether QEMU truncates or appends (default truncate).
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1452516281-27519-1-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
[Call qemu_chr_parse_common if cd->parse is NULL. - Paolo]
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
2016-01-11 13:44:41 +01:00
|
|
|
"-chardev pty,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
|
|
|
|
"-chardev stdio,id=id[,mux=on|off][,signal=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
|
2009-10-30 14:41:12 +01:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_BRLAPI
|
qemu-char: add logfile facility to all chardev backends
Typically a UNIX guest OS will log boot messages to a serial
port in addition to any graphical console. An admin user
may also wish to use the serial port for an interactive
console. A virtualization management system may wish to
collect system boot messages by logging the serial port,
but also wish to allow admins interactive access.
Currently providing such a feature forces the mgmt app
to either provide 2 separate serial ports, one for
logging boot messages and one for interactive console
login, or to proxy all output via a separate service
that can multiplex the two needs onto one serial port.
While both are valid approaches, they each have their
own downsides. The former causes confusion and extra
setup work for VM admins creating disk images. The latter
places an extra burden to re-implement much of the QEMU
chardev backends logic in libvirt or even higher level
mgmt apps and adds extra hops in the data transfer path.
A simpler approach that is satisfactory for many use
cases is to allow the QEMU chardev backends to have a
"logfile" property associated with them.
$QEMU -chardev socket,host=localhost,port=9000,\
server=on,nowait,id-charserial0,\
logfile=/var/log/libvirt/qemu/test-serial0.log
-device isa-serial,chardev=charserial0,id=serial0
This patch introduces a 'ChardevCommon' struct which
is setup as a base for all the ChardevBackend types.
Ideally this would be registered directly as a base
against ChardevBackend, rather than each type, but
the QAPI generator doesn't allow that since the
ChardevBackend is a non-discriminated union. The
ChardevCommon struct provides the optional 'logfile'
parameter, as well as 'logappend' which controls
whether QEMU truncates or appends (default truncate).
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1452516281-27519-1-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
[Call qemu_chr_parse_common if cd->parse is NULL. - Paolo]
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
2016-01-11 13:44:41 +01:00
|
|
|
"-chardev braille,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
|
2009-10-30 14:41:12 +01:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__sun__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) \
|
|
|
|
|| defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
|
qemu-char: add logfile facility to all chardev backends
Typically a UNIX guest OS will log boot messages to a serial
port in addition to any graphical console. An admin user
may also wish to use the serial port for an interactive
console. A virtualization management system may wish to
collect system boot messages by logging the serial port,
but also wish to allow admins interactive access.
Currently providing such a feature forces the mgmt app
to either provide 2 separate serial ports, one for
logging boot messages and one for interactive console
login, or to proxy all output via a separate service
that can multiplex the two needs onto one serial port.
While both are valid approaches, they each have their
own downsides. The former causes confusion and extra
setup work for VM admins creating disk images. The latter
places an extra burden to re-implement much of the QEMU
chardev backends logic in libvirt or even higher level
mgmt apps and adds extra hops in the data transfer path.
A simpler approach that is satisfactory for many use
cases is to allow the QEMU chardev backends to have a
"logfile" property associated with them.
$QEMU -chardev socket,host=localhost,port=9000,\
server=on,nowait,id-charserial0,\
logfile=/var/log/libvirt/qemu/test-serial0.log
-device isa-serial,chardev=charserial0,id=serial0
This patch introduces a 'ChardevCommon' struct which
is setup as a base for all the ChardevBackend types.
Ideally this would be registered directly as a base
against ChardevBackend, rather than each type, but
the QAPI generator doesn't allow that since the
ChardevBackend is a non-discriminated union. The
ChardevCommon struct provides the optional 'logfile'
parameter, as well as 'logappend' which controls
whether QEMU truncates or appends (default truncate).
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1452516281-27519-1-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
[Call qemu_chr_parse_common if cd->parse is NULL. - Paolo]
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
2016-01-11 13:44:41 +01:00
|
|
|
"-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
|
|
|
|
"-chardev tty,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
|
2009-10-30 14:41:12 +01:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
|
qemu-char: add logfile facility to all chardev backends
Typically a UNIX guest OS will log boot messages to a serial
port in addition to any graphical console. An admin user
may also wish to use the serial port for an interactive
console. A virtualization management system may wish to
collect system boot messages by logging the serial port,
but also wish to allow admins interactive access.
Currently providing such a feature forces the mgmt app
to either provide 2 separate serial ports, one for
logging boot messages and one for interactive console
login, or to proxy all output via a separate service
that can multiplex the two needs onto one serial port.
While both are valid approaches, they each have their
own downsides. The former causes confusion and extra
setup work for VM admins creating disk images. The latter
places an extra burden to re-implement much of the QEMU
chardev backends logic in libvirt or even higher level
mgmt apps and adds extra hops in the data transfer path.
A simpler approach that is satisfactory for many use
cases is to allow the QEMU chardev backends to have a
"logfile" property associated with them.
$QEMU -chardev socket,host=localhost,port=9000,\
server=on,nowait,id-charserial0,\
logfile=/var/log/libvirt/qemu/test-serial0.log
-device isa-serial,chardev=charserial0,id=serial0
This patch introduces a 'ChardevCommon' struct which
is setup as a base for all the ChardevBackend types.
Ideally this would be registered directly as a base
against ChardevBackend, rather than each type, but
the QAPI generator doesn't allow that since the
ChardevBackend is a non-discriminated union. The
ChardevCommon struct provides the optional 'logfile'
parameter, as well as 'logappend' which controls
whether QEMU truncates or appends (default truncate).
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1452516281-27519-1-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
[Call qemu_chr_parse_common if cd->parse is NULL. - Paolo]
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
2016-01-11 13:44:41 +01:00
|
|
|
"-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
|
|
|
|
"-chardev parport,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
|
2011-01-19 09:49:50 +01:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
|
qemu-char: add logfile facility to all chardev backends
Typically a UNIX guest OS will log boot messages to a serial
port in addition to any graphical console. An admin user
may also wish to use the serial port for an interactive
console. A virtualization management system may wish to
collect system boot messages by logging the serial port,
but also wish to allow admins interactive access.
Currently providing such a feature forces the mgmt app
to either provide 2 separate serial ports, one for
logging boot messages and one for interactive console
login, or to proxy all output via a separate service
that can multiplex the two needs onto one serial port.
While both are valid approaches, they each have their
own downsides. The former causes confusion and extra
setup work for VM admins creating disk images. The latter
places an extra burden to re-implement much of the QEMU
chardev backends logic in libvirt or even higher level
mgmt apps and adds extra hops in the data transfer path.
A simpler approach that is satisfactory for many use
cases is to allow the QEMU chardev backends to have a
"logfile" property associated with them.
$QEMU -chardev socket,host=localhost,port=9000,\
server=on,nowait,id-charserial0,\
logfile=/var/log/libvirt/qemu/test-serial0.log
-device isa-serial,chardev=charserial0,id=serial0
This patch introduces a 'ChardevCommon' struct which
is setup as a base for all the ChardevBackend types.
Ideally this would be registered directly as a base
against ChardevBackend, rather than each type, but
the QAPI generator doesn't allow that since the
ChardevBackend is a non-discriminated union. The
ChardevCommon struct provides the optional 'logfile'
parameter, as well as 'logappend' which controls
whether QEMU truncates or appends (default truncate).
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrange <berrange@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <1452516281-27519-1-git-send-email-berrange@redhat.com>
[Call qemu_chr_parse_common if cd->parse is NULL. - Paolo]
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
2016-01-11 13:44:41 +01:00
|
|
|
"-chardev spicevmc,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
|
|
|
|
"-chardev spiceport,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
|
2009-10-30 14:41:12 +01:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
, QEMU_ARCH_ALL
|
2009-10-30 14:41:12 +01:00
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
The general form of a character device option is:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-chardev backend,id=id[,mux=on|off][,options]``
|
|
|
|
Backend is one of: ``null``, ``socket``, ``udp``, ``msmouse``,
|
|
|
|
``vc``, ``ringbuf``, ``file``, ``pipe``, ``console``, ``serial``,
|
|
|
|
``pty``, ``stdio``, ``braille``, ``tty``, ``parallel``, ``parport``,
|
|
|
|
``spicevmc``, ``spiceport``. The specific backend will determine the
|
|
|
|
applicable options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use ``-chardev help`` to print all available chardev backend types.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All devices must have an id, which can be any string up to 127
|
|
|
|
characters long. It is used to uniquely identify this device in
|
|
|
|
other command line directives.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A character device may be used in multiplexing mode by multiple
|
|
|
|
front-ends. Specify ``mux=on`` to enable this mode. A multiplexer is
|
|
|
|
a "1:N" device, and here the "1" end is your specified chardev
|
|
|
|
backend, and the "N" end is the various parts of QEMU that can talk
|
|
|
|
to a chardev. If you create a chardev with ``id=myid`` and
|
|
|
|
``mux=on``, QEMU will create a multiplexer with your specified ID,
|
|
|
|
and you can then configure multiple front ends to use that chardev
|
|
|
|
ID for their input/output. Up to four different front ends can be
|
|
|
|
connected to a single multiplexed chardev. (Without multiplexing
|
|
|
|
enabled, a chardev can only be used by a single front end.) For
|
|
|
|
instance you could use this to allow a single stdio chardev to be
|
|
|
|
used by two serial ports and the QEMU monitor:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
|
|
|
|
-mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
|
|
|
|
-serial chardev:char0 \
|
|
|
|
-serial chardev:char0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can have more than one multiplexer in a system configuration;
|
|
|
|
for instance you could have a TCP port multiplexed between UART 0
|
|
|
|
and UART 1, and stdio multiplexed between the QEMU monitor and a
|
|
|
|
parallel port:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
|
|
|
|
-mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
|
|
|
|
-parallel chardev:char0 \
|
|
|
|
-chardev tcp,...,mux=on,id=char1 \
|
|
|
|
-serial chardev:char1 \
|
|
|
|
-serial chardev:char1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you're using a multiplexed character device, some escape
|
2020-11-16 15:47:36 +01:00
|
|
|
sequences are interpreted in the input. See the chapter about
|
|
|
|
:ref:`keys in the character backend multiplexer` in the
|
|
|
|
System Emulation Users Guide for more details.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that some other command line options may implicitly create
|
|
|
|
multiplexed character backends; for instance ``-serial mon:stdio``
|
|
|
|
creates a multiplexed stdio backend connected to the serial port and
|
|
|
|
the QEMU monitor, and ``-nographic`` also multiplexes the console
|
|
|
|
and the monitor to stdio.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There is currently no support for multiplexing in the other
|
|
|
|
direction (where a single QEMU front end takes input and output from
|
|
|
|
multiple chardevs).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Every backend supports the ``logfile`` option, which supplies the
|
|
|
|
path to a file to record all data transmitted via the backend. The
|
|
|
|
``logappend`` option controls whether the log file will be truncated
|
|
|
|
or appended to when opened.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The available backends are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-chardev null,id=id``
|
|
|
|
A void device. This device will not emit any data, and will drop any
|
|
|
|
data it receives. The null backend does not take any options.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
``-chardev socket,id=id[,TCP options or unix options][,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,tls-creds=id][,tls-authz=id]``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Create a two-way stream socket, which can be either a TCP or a unix
|
|
|
|
socket. A unix socket will be created if ``path`` is specified.
|
|
|
|
Behaviour is undefined if TCP options are specified for a unix
|
|
|
|
socket.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
``server=on|off`` specifies that the socket shall be a listening socket.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
``wait=on|off`` specifies that QEMU should not block waiting for a client
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
to connect to a listening socket.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
``telnet=on|off`` specifies that traffic on the socket should interpret
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
telnet escape sequences.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
``websocket=on|off`` specifies that the socket uses WebSocket protocol for
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
communication.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``reconnect`` sets the timeout for reconnecting on non-server
|
|
|
|
sockets when the remote end goes away. qemu will delay this many
|
|
|
|
seconds and then attempt to reconnect. Zero disables reconnecting,
|
|
|
|
and is the default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``tls-creds`` requests enablement of the TLS protocol for
|
|
|
|
encryption, and specifies the id of the TLS credentials to use for
|
|
|
|
the handshake. The credentials must be previously created with the
|
|
|
|
``-object tls-creds`` argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``tls-auth`` provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object
|
|
|
|
against which the client's x509 distinguished name will be
|
|
|
|
validated. This object is only resolved at time of use, so can be
|
|
|
|
deleted and recreated on the fly while the chardev server is active.
|
|
|
|
If missing, it will default to denying access.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TCP and unix socket options are given below:
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-25 11:47:52 +01:00
|
|
|
``TCP options: port=port[,host=host][,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
``host`` for a listening socket specifies the local address to
|
|
|
|
be bound. For a connecting socket species the remote host to
|
|
|
|
connect to. ``host`` is optional for listening sockets. If not
|
|
|
|
specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``port`` for a listening socket specifies the local port to be
|
|
|
|
bound. For a connecting socket specifies the port on the remote
|
|
|
|
host to connect to. ``port`` can be given as either a port
|
|
|
|
number or a service name. ``port`` is required.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``to`` is only relevant to listening sockets. If it is
|
|
|
|
specified, and ``port`` cannot be bound, QEMU will attempt to
|
|
|
|
bind to subsequent ports up to and including ``to`` until it
|
|
|
|
succeeds. ``to`` must be specified as a port number.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4
|
|
|
|
or IPv6 must be used. If neither is specified the socket may
|
|
|
|
use either protocol.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2021-02-25 11:47:52 +01:00
|
|
|
``nodelay=on|off`` disables the Nagle algorithm.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-05-16 05:13:27 +02:00
|
|
|
``unix options: path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off]``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
``path`` specifies the local path of the unix socket. ``path``
|
|
|
|
is required.
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
``abstract=on|off`` specifies the use of the abstract socket namespace,
|
2020-05-16 05:13:27 +02:00
|
|
|
rather than the filesystem. Optional, defaults to false.
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
``tight=on|off`` sets the socket length of abstract sockets to their minimum,
|
2020-05-16 05:13:27 +02:00
|
|
|
rather than the full sun_path length. Optional, defaults to true.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
``-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr][,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Sends all traffic from the guest to a remote host over UDP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``host`` specifies the remote host to connect to. If not specified
|
|
|
|
it defaults to ``localhost``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``port`` specifies the port on the remote host to connect to.
|
|
|
|
``port`` is required.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``localaddr`` specifies the local address to bind to. If not
|
|
|
|
specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``localport`` specifies the local port to bind to. If not specified
|
|
|
|
any available local port will be used.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
If neither is specified the device may use either protocol.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-chardev msmouse,id=id``
|
|
|
|
Forward QEMU's emulated msmouse events to the guest. ``msmouse``
|
|
|
|
does not take any options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]``
|
|
|
|
Connect to a QEMU text console. ``vc`` may optionally be given a
|
|
|
|
specific size.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``width`` and ``height`` specify the width and height respectively
|
|
|
|
of the console, in pixels.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``cols`` and ``rows`` specify that the console be sized to fit a
|
|
|
|
text console with the given dimensions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size]``
|
|
|
|
Create a ring buffer with fixed size ``size``. size must be a power
|
|
|
|
of two and defaults to ``64K``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-chardev file,id=id,path=path``
|
|
|
|
Log all traffic received from the guest to a file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``path`` specifies the path of the file to be opened. This file will
|
|
|
|
be created if it does not already exist, and overwritten if it does.
|
|
|
|
``path`` is required.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path``
|
|
|
|
Create a two-way connection to the guest. The behaviour differs
|
|
|
|
slightly between Windows hosts and other hosts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On Windows, a single duplex pipe will be created at
|
|
|
|
``\\.pipe\path``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On other hosts, 2 pipes will be created called ``path.in`` and
|
|
|
|
``path.out``. Data written to ``path.in`` will be received by the
|
|
|
|
guest. Data written by the guest can be read from ``path.out``. QEMU
|
|
|
|
will not create these fifos, and requires them to be present.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``path`` forms part of the pipe path as described above. ``path`` is
|
|
|
|
required.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-chardev console,id=id``
|
|
|
|
Send traffic from the guest to QEMU's standard output. ``console``
|
|
|
|
does not take any options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``console`` is only available on Windows hosts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-chardev serial,id=id,path=path``
|
|
|
|
Send traffic from the guest to a serial device on the host.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On Unix hosts serial will actually accept any tty device, not only
|
|
|
|
serial lines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``path`` specifies the name of the serial device to open.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-chardev pty,id=id``
|
|
|
|
Create a new pseudo-terminal on the host and connect to it. ``pty``
|
|
|
|
does not take any options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``pty`` is not available on Windows hosts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-chardev stdio,id=id[,signal=on|off]``
|
|
|
|
Connect to standard input and standard output of the QEMU process.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``signal`` controls if signals are enabled on the terminal, that
|
|
|
|
includes exiting QEMU with the key sequence Control-c. This option
|
|
|
|
is enabled by default, use ``signal=off`` to disable it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-chardev braille,id=id``
|
|
|
|
Connect to a local BrlAPI server. ``braille`` does not take any
|
|
|
|
options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-chardev tty,id=id,path=path``
|
|
|
|
``tty`` is only available on Linux, Sun, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD
|
|
|
|
and DragonFlyBSD hosts. It is an alias for ``serial``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``path`` specifies the path to the tty. ``path`` is required.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
``-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path``
|
|
|
|
\
|
|
|
|
``-chardev parport,id=id,path=path``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
``parallel`` is only available on Linux, FreeBSD and DragonFlyBSD
|
|
|
|
hosts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Connect to a local parallel port.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``path`` specifies the path to the parallel port device. ``path`` is
|
|
|
|
required.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-chardev spicevmc,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
|
|
|
|
``spicevmc`` is only available when spice support is built in.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``name`` name of spice channel to connect to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Connect to a spice virtual machine channel, such as vdiport.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-chardev spiceport,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
|
|
|
|
``spiceport`` is only available when spice support is built in.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``name`` name of spice port to connect to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Connect to a spice port, allowing a Spice client to handle the
|
|
|
|
traffic identified by a name (preferably a fqdn).
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2012-12-05 16:15:34 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-10-30 14:41:12 +01:00
|
|
|
DEFHEADING()
|
|
|
|
|
Support for TPM command line options
This patch adds support for TPM command line options.
The command line options supported here are
./qemu-... -tpmdev passthrough,path=<path to TPM device>,id=<id>
-device tpm-tis,tpmdev=<id>,id=<other id>
and
./qemu-... -tpmdev help
where the latter works similar to -soundhw help and shows a list of
available TPM backends (for example 'passthrough').
Using the type parameter, the backend is chosen, i.e., 'passthrough' for the
passthrough driver. The interpretation of the other parameters along
with determining whether enough parameters were provided is pushed into
the backend driver, which needs to implement the interface function
'create' and return a TPMDriverOpts structure if the VM can be started or
'NULL' if not enough or bad parameters were provided.
Monitor support for 'info tpm' has been added. It for example prints the
following:
(qemu) info tpm
TPM devices:
tpm0: model=tpm-tis
\ tpm0: type=passthrough,path=/dev/tpm0,cancel-path=/sys/devices/pnp0/00:09/cancel
Signed-off-by: Stefan Berger <stefanb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Corey Bryant <coreyb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Joel Schopp <jschopp@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-id: 1361987275-26289-2-git-send-email-stefanb@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
2013-02-27 18:47:49 +01:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_TPM
|
2017-10-02 16:03:00 +02:00
|
|
|
DEFHEADING(TPM device options:)
|
Support for TPM command line options
This patch adds support for TPM command line options.
The command line options supported here are
./qemu-... -tpmdev passthrough,path=<path to TPM device>,id=<id>
-device tpm-tis,tpmdev=<id>,id=<other id>
and
./qemu-... -tpmdev help
where the latter works similar to -soundhw help and shows a list of
available TPM backends (for example 'passthrough').
Using the type parameter, the backend is chosen, i.e., 'passthrough' for the
passthrough driver. The interpretation of the other parameters along
with determining whether enough parameters were provided is pushed into
the backend driver, which needs to implement the interface function
'create' and return a TPMDriverOpts structure if the VM can be started or
'NULL' if not enough or bad parameters were provided.
Monitor support for 'info tpm' has been added. It for example prints the
following:
(qemu) info tpm
TPM devices:
tpm0: model=tpm-tis
\ tpm0: type=passthrough,path=/dev/tpm0,cancel-path=/sys/devices/pnp0/00:09/cancel
Signed-off-by: Stefan Berger <stefanb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Corey Bryant <coreyb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Joel Schopp <jschopp@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-id: 1361987275-26289-2-git-send-email-stefanb@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
2013-02-27 18:47:49 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("tpmdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tpmdev, \
|
2013-02-27 18:47:54 +01:00
|
|
|
"-tpmdev passthrough,id=id[,path=path][,cancel-path=path]\n"
|
|
|
|
" use path to provide path to a character device; default is /dev/tpm0\n"
|
|
|
|
" use cancel-path to provide path to TPM's cancel sysfs entry; if\n"
|
2017-09-29 13:10:20 +02:00
|
|
|
" not provided it will be searched for in /sys/class/misc/tpm?/device\n"
|
|
|
|
"-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev\n"
|
|
|
|
" configure the TPM device using chardev backend\n",
|
Support for TPM command line options
This patch adds support for TPM command line options.
The command line options supported here are
./qemu-... -tpmdev passthrough,path=<path to TPM device>,id=<id>
-device tpm-tis,tpmdev=<id>,id=<other id>
and
./qemu-... -tpmdev help
where the latter works similar to -soundhw help and shows a list of
available TPM backends (for example 'passthrough').
Using the type parameter, the backend is chosen, i.e., 'passthrough' for the
passthrough driver. The interpretation of the other parameters along
with determining whether enough parameters were provided is pushed into
the backend driver, which needs to implement the interface function
'create' and return a TPMDriverOpts structure if the VM can be started or
'NULL' if not enough or bad parameters were provided.
Monitor support for 'info tpm' has been added. It for example prints the
following:
(qemu) info tpm
TPM devices:
tpm0: model=tpm-tis
\ tpm0: type=passthrough,path=/dev/tpm0,cancel-path=/sys/devices/pnp0/00:09/cancel
Signed-off-by: Stefan Berger <stefanb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Corey Bryant <coreyb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Joel Schopp <jschopp@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-id: 1361987275-26289-2-git-send-email-stefanb@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
2013-02-27 18:47:49 +01:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
The general form of a TPM device option is:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-tpmdev backend,id=id[,options]``
|
|
|
|
The specific backend type will determine the applicable options. The
|
|
|
|
``-tpmdev`` option creates the TPM backend and requires a
|
|
|
|
``-device`` option that specifies the TPM frontend interface model.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use ``-tpmdev help`` to print all available TPM backend types.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The available backends are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-tpmdev passthrough,id=id,path=path,cancel-path=cancel-path``
|
|
|
|
(Linux-host only) Enable access to the host's TPM using the
|
|
|
|
passthrough driver.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``path`` specifies the path to the host's TPM device, i.e., on a
|
|
|
|
Linux host this would be ``/dev/tpm0``. ``path`` is optional and by
|
|
|
|
default ``/dev/tpm0`` is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``cancel-path`` specifies the path to the host TPM device's sysfs
|
|
|
|
entry allowing for cancellation of an ongoing TPM command.
|
|
|
|
``cancel-path`` is optional and by default QEMU will search for the
|
|
|
|
sysfs entry to use.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Some notes about using the host's TPM with the passthrough driver:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The TPM device accessed by the passthrough driver must not be used
|
|
|
|
by any other application on the host.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Since the host's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) has already initialized the
|
|
|
|
TPM, the VM's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) will not be able to initialize
|
|
|
|
the TPM again and may therefore not show a TPM-specific menu that
|
|
|
|
would otherwise allow the user to configure the TPM, e.g., allow the
|
|
|
|
user to enable/disable or activate/deactivate the TPM. Further, if
|
|
|
|
TPM ownership is released from within a VM then the host's TPM will
|
|
|
|
get disabled and deactivated. To enable and activate the TPM again
|
|
|
|
afterwards, the host has to be rebooted and the user is required to
|
|
|
|
enter the firmware's menu to enable and activate the TPM. If the TPM
|
|
|
|
is left disabled and/or deactivated most TPM commands will fail.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To create a passthrough TPM use the following two options:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-tpmdev passthrough,id=tpm0 -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that the ``-tpmdev`` id is ``tpm0`` and is referenced by
|
|
|
|
``tpmdev=tpm0`` in the device option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev``
|
|
|
|
(Linux-host only) Enable access to a TPM emulator using Unix domain
|
|
|
|
socket based chardev backend.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``chardev`` specifies the unique ID of a character device backend
|
|
|
|
that provides connection to the software TPM server.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To create a TPM emulator backend device with chardev socket backend:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-chardev socket,id=chrtpm,path=/tmp/swtpm-sock -tpmdev emulator,id=tpm0,chardev=chrtpm -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
Support for TPM command line options
This patch adds support for TPM command line options.
The command line options supported here are
./qemu-... -tpmdev passthrough,path=<path to TPM device>,id=<id>
-device tpm-tis,tpmdev=<id>,id=<other id>
and
./qemu-... -tpmdev help
where the latter works similar to -soundhw help and shows a list of
available TPM backends (for example 'passthrough').
Using the type parameter, the backend is chosen, i.e., 'passthrough' for the
passthrough driver. The interpretation of the other parameters along
with determining whether enough parameters were provided is pushed into
the backend driver, which needs to implement the interface function
'create' and return a TPMDriverOpts structure if the VM can be started or
'NULL' if not enough or bad parameters were provided.
Monitor support for 'info tpm' has been added. It for example prints the
following:
(qemu) info tpm
TPM devices:
tpm0: model=tpm-tis
\ tpm0: type=passthrough,path=/dev/tpm0,cancel-path=/sys/devices/pnp0/00:09/cancel
Signed-off-by: Stefan Berger <stefanb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Corey Bryant <coreyb@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Joel Schopp <jschopp@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Message-id: 1361987275-26289-2-git-send-email-stefanb@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
2013-02-27 18:47:49 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEFHEADING()
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-02 16:03:00 +02:00
|
|
|
DEFHEADING(Linux/Multiboot boot specific:)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
When using these options, you can use a given Linux or Multiboot kernel
|
|
|
|
without installing it in the disk image. It can be useful for easier
|
|
|
|
testing of various kernels.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("kernel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_kernel, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-kernel bzImage use 'bzImage' as kernel image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-kernel bzImage``
|
|
|
|
Use bzImage as kernel image. The kernel can be either a Linux kernel
|
|
|
|
or in multiboot format.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("append", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_append, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-append cmdline use 'cmdline' as kernel command line\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-append cmdline``
|
|
|
|
Use cmdline as kernel command line
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("initrd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_initrd, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-initrd file use 'file' as initial ram disk\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-initrd file``
|
|
|
|
Use file as initial ram disk.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-initrd "file1 arg=foo,file2"``
|
|
|
|
This syntax is only available with multiboot.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use file1 and file2 as modules and pass arg=foo as parameter to the
|
|
|
|
first module.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-03-02 12:56:38 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("dtb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dtb, \
|
2012-03-04 12:03:54 +01:00
|
|
|
"-dtb file use 'file' as device tree image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-dtb file``
|
|
|
|
Use file as a device tree binary (dtb) image and pass it to the
|
|
|
|
kernel on boot.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2012-03-02 12:56:38 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEFHEADING()
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-02 16:03:00 +02:00
|
|
|
DEFHEADING(Debug/Expert options:)
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2021-03-18 16:55:10 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("compat", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_compat,
|
2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01:00
|
|
|
"-compat [deprecated-input=accept|reject|crash][,deprecated-output=accept|hide]\n"
|
2021-03-18 16:55:10 +01:00
|
|
|
" Policy for handling deprecated management interfaces\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-compat [deprecated-input=@var{input-policy}][,deprecated-output=@var{output-policy}]``
|
|
|
|
Set policy for handling deprecated management interfaces (experimental):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``deprecated-input=accept`` (default)
|
|
|
|
Accept deprecated commands and arguments
|
|
|
|
``deprecated-input=reject``
|
|
|
|
Reject deprecated commands and arguments
|
2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01:00
|
|
|
``deprecated-input=crash``
|
|
|
|
Crash on deprecated commands and arguments
|
2021-03-18 16:55:10 +01:00
|
|
|
``deprecated-output=accept`` (default)
|
|
|
|
Emit deprecated command results and events
|
|
|
|
``deprecated-output=hide``
|
|
|
|
Suppress deprecated command results and events
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-29 17:21:53 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("fw_cfg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fwcfg,
|
|
|
|
"-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,file=<file>\n"
|
2016-04-18 18:29:50 +02:00
|
|
|
" add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file\n"
|
2015-09-29 18:29:01 +02:00
|
|
|
"-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,string=<str>\n"
|
2016-04-18 18:29:50 +02:00
|
|
|
" add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string\n",
|
2015-04-29 17:21:53 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-fw_cfg [name=]name,file=file``
|
|
|
|
Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from file file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-fw_cfg [name=]name,string=str``
|
|
|
|
Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from string str.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The terminating NUL character of the contents of str will not be
|
|
|
|
included as part of the fw\_cfg item data. To insert contents with
|
|
|
|
embedded NUL characters, you have to use the file parameter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fw\_cfg entries are passed by QEMU through to the guest.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-fw_cfg name=opt/com.mycompany/blob,file=./my_blob.bin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
creates an fw\_cfg entry named opt/com.mycompany/blob with contents
|
|
|
|
from ./my\_blob.bin.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2015-04-29 17:21:53 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("serial", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_serial, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-serial dev redirect the serial port to char device 'dev'\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-serial dev``
|
|
|
|
Redirect the virtual serial port to host character device dev. The
|
|
|
|
default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
|
|
|
|
graphical mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This option can be used several times to simulate up to 4 serial
|
|
|
|
ports.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use ``-serial none`` to disable all serial ports.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available character devices are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``vc[:WxH]``
|
|
|
|
Virtual console. Optionally, a width and height can be given in
|
|
|
|
pixel with
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
vc:800x600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is also possible to specify width or height in characters:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
vc:80Cx24C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``pty``
|
|
|
|
[Linux only] Pseudo TTY (a new PTY is automatically allocated)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``none``
|
|
|
|
No device is allocated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``null``
|
|
|
|
void device
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``chardev:id``
|
|
|
|
Use a named character device defined with the ``-chardev``
|
|
|
|
option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``/dev/XXX``
|
|
|
|
[Linux only] Use host tty, e.g. ``/dev/ttyS0``. The host serial
|
|
|
|
port parameters are set according to the emulated ones.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``/dev/parportN``
|
|
|
|
[Linux only, parallel port only] Use host parallel port N.
|
|
|
|
Currently SPP and EPP parallel port features can be used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``file:filename``
|
|
|
|
Write output to filename. No character can be read.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``stdio``
|
|
|
|
[Unix only] standard input/output
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``pipe:filename``
|
|
|
|
name pipe filename
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``COMn``
|
|
|
|
[Windows only] Use host serial port n
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``udp:[remote_host]:remote_port[@[src_ip]:src_port]``
|
|
|
|
This implements UDP Net Console. When remote\_host or src\_ip
|
|
|
|
are not specified they default to ``0.0.0.0``. When not using a
|
|
|
|
specified src\_port a random port is automatically chosen.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you just want a simple readonly console you can use
|
|
|
|
``netcat`` or ``nc``, by starting QEMU with:
|
|
|
|
``-serial udp::4555`` and nc as: ``nc -u -l -p 4555``. Any time
|
|
|
|
QEMU writes something to that port it will appear in the
|
|
|
|
netconsole session.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you plan to send characters back via netconsole or you want
|
|
|
|
to stop and start QEMU a lot of times, you should have QEMU use
|
|
|
|
the same source port each time by using something like ``-serial
|
|
|
|
udp::4555@:4556`` to QEMU. Another approach is to use a patched
|
|
|
|
version of netcat which can listen to a TCP port and send and
|
|
|
|
receive characters via udp. If you have a patched version of
|
|
|
|
netcat which activates telnet remote echo and single char
|
|
|
|
transfer, then you can use the following options to set up a
|
|
|
|
netcat redirector to allow telnet on port 5555 to access the
|
|
|
|
QEMU port.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``QEMU Options:``
|
|
|
|
-serial udp::4555@:4556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``netcat options:``
|
|
|
|
-u -P 4555 -L 0.0.0.0:4556 -t -p 5555 -I -T
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``telnet options:``
|
|
|
|
localhost 5555
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-25 11:47:52 +01:00
|
|
|
``tcp:[host]:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
The TCP Net Console has two modes of operation. It can send the
|
|
|
|
serial I/O to a location or wait for a connection from a
|
|
|
|
location. By default the TCP Net Console is sent to host at the
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
port. If you use the ``server=on`` option QEMU will wait for a client
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
socket application to connect to the port before continuing,
|
2021-02-25 11:47:52 +01:00
|
|
|
unless the ``wait=on|off`` option was specified. The ``nodelay=on|off``
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
option disables the Nagle buffering algorithm. The ``reconnect=on``
|
|
|
|
option only applies if ``server=no`` is set, if the connection goes
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
down it will attempt to reconnect at the given interval. If host
|
|
|
|
is omitted, 0.0.0.0 is assumed. Only one TCP connection at a
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
time is accepted. You can use ``telnet=on`` to connect to the
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
corresponding character device.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``Example to send tcp console to 192.168.0.2 port 4444``
|
|
|
|
-serial tcp:192.168.0.2:4444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``Example to listen and wait on port 4444 for connection``
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
-serial tcp::4444,server=on
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``Example to not wait and listen on ip 192.168.0.100 port 4444``
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
-serial tcp:192.168.0.100:4444,server=on,wait=off
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2021-02-25 11:47:52 +01:00
|
|
|
``telnet:host:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
The telnet protocol is used instead of raw tcp sockets. The
|
|
|
|
options work the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp``.
|
|
|
|
The difference is that the port acts like a telnet server or
|
|
|
|
client using telnet option negotiation. This will also allow you
|
|
|
|
to send the MAGIC\_SYSRQ sequence if you use a telnet that
|
|
|
|
supports sending the break sequence. Typically in unix telnet
|
|
|
|
you do it with Control-] and then type "send break" followed by
|
|
|
|
pressing the enter key.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-25 11:47:52 +01:00
|
|
|
``websocket:host:port,server=on[,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
The WebSocket protocol is used instead of raw tcp socket. The
|
|
|
|
port acts as a WebSocket server. Client mode is not supported.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
``unix:path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
A unix domain socket is used instead of a tcp socket. The option
|
|
|
|
works the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp`` except
|
|
|
|
the unix domain socket path is used for connections.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``mon:dev_string``
|
|
|
|
This is a special option to allow the monitor to be multiplexed
|
|
|
|
onto another serial port. The monitor is accessed with key
|
|
|
|
sequence of Control-a and then pressing c. dev\_string should be
|
|
|
|
any one of the serial devices specified above. An example to
|
|
|
|
multiplex the monitor onto a telnet server listening on port
|
|
|
|
4444 would be:
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
``-serial mon:telnet::4444,server=on,wait=off``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When the monitor is multiplexed to stdio in this way, Ctrl+C
|
|
|
|
will not terminate QEMU any more but will be passed to the guest
|
|
|
|
instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``braille``
|
|
|
|
Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
|
|
|
|
output on a real or fake device.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``msmouse``
|
|
|
|
Three button serial mouse. Configure the guest to use Microsoft
|
|
|
|
protocol.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("parallel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_parallel, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-parallel dev redirect the parallel port to char device 'dev'\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-parallel dev``
|
|
|
|
Redirect the virtual parallel port to host device dev (same devices
|
|
|
|
as the serial port). On Linux hosts, ``/dev/parportN`` can be used
|
|
|
|
to use hardware devices connected on the corresponding host parallel
|
|
|
|
port.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This option can be used several times to simulate up to 3 parallel
|
|
|
|
ports.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use ``-parallel none`` to disable all parallel ports.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("monitor", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_monitor, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-monitor dev redirect the monitor to char device 'dev'\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-monitor dev``
|
|
|
|
Redirect the monitor to host device dev (same devices as the serial
|
|
|
|
port). The default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio``
|
|
|
|
in non graphical mode. Use ``-monitor none`` to disable the default
|
|
|
|
monitor.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-12-08 13:11:52 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("qmp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-qmp dev like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-qmp dev``
|
|
|
|
Like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2014-11-17 13:31:04 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("qmp-pretty", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp_pretty, \
|
|
|
|
"-qmp-pretty dev like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-qmp-pretty dev``
|
|
|
|
Like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-12-08 13:11:51 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("mon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mon, \
|
2017-11-14 09:11:27 +01:00
|
|
|
"-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]``
|
2021-05-19 09:11:45 +02:00
|
|
|
Setup monitor on chardev name. ``mode=control`` configures
|
|
|
|
a QMP monitor (a JSON RPC-style protocol) and it is not the
|
|
|
|
same as HMP, the human monitor that has a "(qemu)" prompt.
|
|
|
|
``pretty`` is only valid when ``mode=control``,
|
|
|
|
turning on JSON pretty printing to ease
|
2021-02-19 18:56:13 +01:00
|
|
|
human reading and debugging.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-12-08 13:11:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
debugcon: support for debugging consoles (e.g. Bochs port 0xe9)
Add generic support for debugging consoles (simple I/O ports which
when written to cause debugging output to be written to a target.)
The current implementation matches Bochs' port 0xe9, allowing the same
debugging code to be used for both Bochs and Qemu.
There is no vm state associated with the debugging port, simply
because it has none -- the entire interface is a single, stateless,
write-only port.
Most of the code was cribbed from the serial port driver.
v2: removed non-ISA variants (they can be introduced when/if someone
wants them, using code from the serial port); added configurable
readback (Bochs returns 0xe9 on a read from this register, mimic that
by default) This retains the apparently somewhat controversial user
friendly option, however.
v3: reimplemented the user friendly option as a synthetic option
("-debugcon foo" basically ends up being a parser-level shorthand for
"-chardev stdio,id=debugcon -device isa-debugcon,chardev=debugcon") --
this dramatically reduced the complexity while keeping the same level
of user friendliness.
v4: spaces, not tabs.
v5: update to match current top of tree. Calling qemu_chr_open()
already during parsing no longer works; defer until we are parsing the
other console-like devices.
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
2009-12-29 22:51:36 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("debugcon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_debugcon, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-debugcon dev redirect the debug console to char device 'dev'\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-debugcon dev``
|
|
|
|
Redirect the debug console to host device dev (same devices as the
|
|
|
|
serial port). The debug console is an I/O port which is typically
|
|
|
|
port 0xe9; writing to that I/O port sends output to this device. The
|
|
|
|
default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
|
|
|
|
graphical mode.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
debugcon: support for debugging consoles (e.g. Bochs port 0xe9)
Add generic support for debugging consoles (simple I/O ports which
when written to cause debugging output to be written to a target.)
The current implementation matches Bochs' port 0xe9, allowing the same
debugging code to be used for both Bochs and Qemu.
There is no vm state associated with the debugging port, simply
because it has none -- the entire interface is a single, stateless,
write-only port.
Most of the code was cribbed from the serial port driver.
v2: removed non-ISA variants (they can be introduced when/if someone
wants them, using code from the serial port); added configurable
readback (Bochs returns 0xe9 on a read from this register, mimic that
by default) This retains the apparently somewhat controversial user
friendly option, however.
v3: reimplemented the user friendly option as a synthetic option
("-debugcon foo" basically ends up being a parser-level shorthand for
"-chardev stdio,id=debugcon -device isa-debugcon,chardev=debugcon") --
this dramatically reduced the complexity while keeping the same level
of user friendliness.
v4: spaces, not tabs.
v5: update to match current top of tree. Calling qemu_chr_open()
already during parsing no longer works; defer until we are parsing the
other console-like devices.
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
2009-12-29 22:51:36 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("pidfile", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pidfile, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-pidfile file write PID to 'file'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-pidfile file``
|
|
|
|
Store the QEMU process PID in file. It is useful if you launch QEMU
|
|
|
|
from a script.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-05 22:08:59 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("singlestep", 0, QEMU_OPTION_singlestep, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-singlestep always run in singlestep mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-singlestep``
|
|
|
|
Run the emulation in single step mode.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-04-05 22:08:59 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2018-05-11 19:24:43 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("preconfig", 0, QEMU_OPTION_preconfig, \
|
2018-07-05 11:14:02 +02:00
|
|
|
"--preconfig pause QEMU before machine is initialized (experimental)\n",
|
2018-05-11 19:24:43 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``--preconfig``
|
|
|
|
Pause QEMU for interactive configuration before the machine is
|
|
|
|
created, which allows querying and configuring properties that will
|
|
|
|
affect machine initialization. Use QMP command 'x-exit-preconfig' to
|
|
|
|
exit the preconfig state and move to the next state (i.e. run guest
|
|
|
|
if -S isn't used or pause the second time if -S is used). This
|
|
|
|
option is experimental.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2018-05-11 19:24:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("S", 0, QEMU_OPTION_S, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-S freeze CPU at startup (use 'c' to start execution)\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-S``
|
|
|
|
Do not start CPU at startup (you must type 'c' in the monitor).
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2018-06-22 21:22:05 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("overcommit", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_overcommit,
|
2018-07-16 21:12:08 +02:00
|
|
|
"-overcommit [mem-lock=on|off][cpu-pm=on|off]\n"
|
2018-06-22 21:22:05 +02:00
|
|
|
" run qemu with overcommit hints\n"
|
|
|
|
" mem-lock=on|off controls memory lock support (default: off)\n"
|
|
|
|
" cpu-pm=on|off controls cpu power management (default: off)\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-overcommit mem-lock=on|off``
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
``-overcommit cpu-pm=on|off``
|
|
|
|
Run qemu with hints about host resource overcommit. The default is
|
|
|
|
to assume that host overcommits all resources.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Locking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via ``mem-lock=on``
|
|
|
|
(disabled by default). This works when host memory is not
|
2020-12-10 16:58:07 +01:00
|
|
|
overcommitted and reduces the worst-case latency for guest.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guest ability to manage power state of host cpus (increasing latency
|
|
|
|
for other processes on the same host cpu, but decreasing latency for
|
|
|
|
guest) can be enabled via ``cpu-pm=on`` (disabled by default). This
|
|
|
|
works best when host CPU is not overcommitted. When used, host
|
|
|
|
estimates of CPU cycle and power utilization will be incorrect, not
|
|
|
|
taking into account guest idle time.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2018-06-22 21:22:05 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-05 20:43:41 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("gdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_gdb, \
|
2020-04-03 11:40:14 +02:00
|
|
|
"-gdb dev accept gdb connection on 'dev'. (QEMU defaults to starting\n"
|
|
|
|
" the guest without waiting for gdb to connect; use -S too\n"
|
|
|
|
" if you want it to not start execution.)\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-gdb dev``
|
2020-11-16 15:47:36 +01:00
|
|
|
Accept a gdb connection on device dev (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter
|
|
|
|
in the System Emulation Users Guide). Note that this option does not pause QEMU
|
2020-04-03 11:40:14 +02:00
|
|
|
execution -- if you want QEMU to not start the guest until you
|
|
|
|
connect with gdb and issue a ``continue`` command, you will need to
|
|
|
|
also pass the ``-S`` option to QEMU.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The most usual configuration is to listen on a local TCP socket::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-gdb tcp::3117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
but you can specify other backends; UDP, pseudo TTY, or even stdio
|
|
|
|
are all reasonable use cases. For example, a stdio connection
|
|
|
|
allows you to start QEMU from within gdb and establish the
|
|
|
|
connection via a pipe:
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(gdb) target remote | exec |qemu_system| -gdb stdio ...
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-05 20:43:41 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("s", 0, QEMU_OPTION_s, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-s shorthand for -gdb tcp::" DEFAULT_GDBSTUB_PORT "\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-s``
|
|
|
|
Shorthand for -gdb tcp::1234, i.e. open a gdbserver on TCP port 1234
|
2020-11-16 15:47:36 +01:00
|
|
|
(see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("d", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_d, \
|
2013-02-26 18:52:40 +01:00
|
|
|
"-d item1,... enable logging of specified items (use '-d help' for a list of log items)\n",
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-d item1[,...]``
|
|
|
|
Enable logging of specified items. Use '-d help' for a list of log
|
|
|
|
items.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-07 18:32:40 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("D", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_D, \
|
2013-02-26 18:52:40 +01:00
|
|
|
"-D logfile output log to logfile (default stderr)\n",
|
2011-06-07 18:32:40 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-D logfile``
|
|
|
|
Output log in logfile instead of to stderr
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2011-06-07 18:32:40 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2016-03-15 15:30:20 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("dfilter", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_DFILTER, \
|
|
|
|
"-dfilter range,.. filter debug output to range of addresses (useful for -d cpu,exec,etc..)\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-dfilter range1[,...]``
|
|
|
|
Filter debug output to that relevant to a range of target addresses.
|
|
|
|
The filter spec can be either start+size, start-size or start..end
|
|
|
|
where start end and size are the addresses and sizes required. For
|
|
|
|
example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-dfilter 0x8000..0x8fff,0xffffffc000080000+0x200,0xffffffc000060000-0x1000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Will dump output for any code in the 0x1000 sized block starting at
|
|
|
|
0x8000 and the 0x200 sized block starting at 0xffffffc000080000 and
|
|
|
|
another 0x1000 sized block starting at 0xffffffc00005f000.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2016-03-15 15:30:20 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2019-03-14 21:06:29 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("seed", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_seed, \
|
|
|
|
"-seed number seed the pseudo-random number generator\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-seed number``
|
|
|
|
Force the guest to use a deterministic pseudo-random number
|
|
|
|
generator, seeded with number. This does not affect crypto routines
|
|
|
|
within the host.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2019-03-14 21:06:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("L", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_L, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-L path set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-L path``
|
|
|
|
Set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To list all the data directories, use ``-L help``.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("bios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bios, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-bios file set the filename for the BIOS\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-bios file``
|
|
|
|
Set the filename for the BIOS.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("enable-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_kvm, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-enable-kvm enable KVM full virtualization support\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-enable-kvm``
|
|
|
|
Enable KVM full virtualization support. This option is only
|
|
|
|
available if KVM support is enabled when compiling.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-22 17:19:10 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("xen-domid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid,
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-xen-domid id specify xen guest domain id\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2009-04-22 17:19:10 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("xen-attach", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_attach,
|
|
|
|
"-xen-attach attach to existing xen domain\n"
|
2018-09-14 13:18:30 +02:00
|
|
|
" libxl will use this when starting QEMU\n",
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2017-03-22 10:39:15 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("xen-domid-restrict", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid_restrict,
|
|
|
|
"-xen-domid-restrict restrict set of available xen operations\n"
|
|
|
|
" to specified domain id. (Does not affect\n"
|
|
|
|
" xenpv machine type).\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-xen-domid id``
|
|
|
|
Specify xen guest domain id (XEN only).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-xen-attach``
|
|
|
|
Attach to existing xen domain. libxl will use this when starting
|
|
|
|
QEMU (XEN only). Restrict set of available xen operations to
|
|
|
|
specified domain id (XEN only).
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-04-22 17:19:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("no-reboot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_reboot, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-no-reboot exit instead of rebooting\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-no-reboot``
|
|
|
|
Exit instead of rebooting.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("no-shutdown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_shutdown, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-no-shutdown stop before shutdown\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-no-shutdown``
|
|
|
|
Don't exit QEMU on guest shutdown, but instead only stop the
|
|
|
|
emulation. This allows for instance switching to monitor to commit
|
|
|
|
changes to the disk image.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-12-11 17:52:41 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_action,
|
2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01:00
|
|
|
"-action reboot=reset|shutdown\n"
|
|
|
|
" action when guest reboots [default=reset]\n"
|
2020-12-11 17:52:41 +01:00
|
|
|
"-action shutdown=poweroff|pause\n"
|
|
|
|
" action when guest shuts down [default=poweroff]\n"
|
2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01:00
|
|
|
"-action panic=pause|shutdown|none\n"
|
|
|
|
" action when guest panics [default=shutdown]\n"
|
2020-12-11 17:52:41 +01:00
|
|
|
"-action watchdog=reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n"
|
|
|
|
" action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-action event=action``
|
|
|
|
The action parameter serves to modify QEMU's default behavior when
|
|
|
|
certain guest events occur. It provides a generic method for specifying the
|
|
|
|
same behaviors that are modified by the ``-no-reboot`` and ``-no-shutdown``
|
|
|
|
parameters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
|
2020-12-11 23:31:52 +01:00
|
|
|
``-action panic=none``
|
2020-12-11 17:52:41 +01:00
|
|
|
``-action reboot=shutdown,shutdown=pause``
|
|
|
|
``-watchdog i6300esb -action watchdog=pause``
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("loadvm", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_loadvm, \
|
|
|
|
"-loadvm [tag|id]\n" \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
" start right away with a saved state (loadvm in monitor)\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-loadvm file``
|
|
|
|
Start right away with a saved state (``loadvm`` in monitor)
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef _WIN32
|
|
|
|
DEF("daemonize", 0, QEMU_OPTION_daemonize, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-daemonize daemonize QEMU after initializing\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-daemonize``
|
|
|
|
Daemonize the QEMU process after initialization. QEMU will not
|
|
|
|
detach from standard IO until it is ready to receive connections on
|
|
|
|
any of its devices. This option is a useful way for external
|
|
|
|
programs to launch QEMU without having to cope with initialization
|
|
|
|
race conditions.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("option-rom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_option_rom, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-option-rom rom load a file, rom, into the option ROM space\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-option-rom file``
|
|
|
|
Load the contents of file as an option ROM. This option is useful to
|
|
|
|
load things like EtherBoot.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-15 13:36:04 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("rtc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rtc, \
|
2018-10-18 09:12:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-rtc [base=utc|localtime|<datetime>][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]\n" \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
" set the RTC base and clock, enable drift fix for clock ticks (x86 only)\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-rtc [base=utc|localtime|datetime][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]``
|
|
|
|
Specify ``base`` as ``utc`` or ``localtime`` to let the RTC start at
|
|
|
|
the current UTC or local time, respectively. ``localtime`` is
|
|
|
|
required for correct date in MS-DOS or Windows. To start at a
|
|
|
|
specific point in time, provide datetime in the format
|
|
|
|
``2006-06-17T16:01:21`` or ``2006-06-17``. The default base is UTC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default the RTC is driven by the host system time. This allows
|
|
|
|
using of the RTC as accurate reference clock inside the guest,
|
|
|
|
specifically if the host time is smoothly following an accurate
|
|
|
|
external reference clock, e.g. via NTP. If you want to isolate the
|
|
|
|
guest time from the host, you can set ``clock`` to ``rt`` instead,
|
|
|
|
which provides a host monotonic clock if host support it. To even
|
|
|
|
prevent the RTC from progressing during suspension, you can set
|
|
|
|
``clock`` to ``vm`` (virtual clock). '\ ``clock=vm``\ ' is
|
|
|
|
recommended especially in icount mode in order to preserve
|
|
|
|
determinism; however, note that in icount mode the speed of the
|
|
|
|
virtual clock is variable and can in general differ from the host
|
|
|
|
clock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enable ``driftfix`` (i386 targets only) if you experience time drift
|
|
|
|
problems, specifically with Windows' ACPI HAL. This option will try
|
|
|
|
to figure out how many timer interrupts were not processed by the
|
|
|
|
Windows guest and will re-inject them.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("icount", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_icount, \
|
2020-11-21 22:35:06 +01:00
|
|
|
"-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=<filename>[,rrsnapshot=<snapshot>]]\n" \
|
2009-04-05 20:43:37 +02:00
|
|
|
" enable virtual instruction counter with 2^N clock ticks per\n" \
|
2015-05-29 17:14:05 +02:00
|
|
|
" instruction, enable aligning the host and virtual clocks\n" \
|
2020-11-21 22:35:06 +01:00
|
|
|
" or disable real time cpu sleeping, and optionally enable\n" \
|
|
|
|
" record-and-replay mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
2020-11-21 22:35:06 +01:00
|
|
|
``-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=filename[,rrsnapshot=snapshot]]``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Enable virtual instruction counter. The virtual cpu will execute one
|
|
|
|
instruction every 2^N ns of virtual time. If ``auto`` is specified
|
|
|
|
then the virtual cpu speed will be automatically adjusted to keep
|
|
|
|
virtual time within a few seconds of real time.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that while this option can give deterministic behavior, it does
|
|
|
|
not provide cycle accurate emulation. Modern CPUs contain
|
|
|
|
superscalar out of order cores with complex cache hierarchies. The
|
|
|
|
number of instructions executed often has little or no correlation
|
|
|
|
with actual performance.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-11-21 22:35:06 +01:00
|
|
|
When the virtual cpu is sleeping, the virtual time will advance at
|
|
|
|
default speed unless ``sleep=on`` is specified. With
|
|
|
|
``sleep=on``, the virtual time will jump to the next timer
|
|
|
|
deadline instantly whenever the virtual cpu goes to sleep mode and
|
|
|
|
will not advance if no timer is enabled. This behavior gives
|
|
|
|
deterministic execution times from the guest point of view.
|
|
|
|
The default if icount is enabled is ``sleep=off``.
|
|
|
|
``sleep=on`` cannot be used together with either ``shift=auto``
|
|
|
|
or ``align=on``.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
``align=on`` will activate the delay algorithm which will try to
|
|
|
|
synchronise the host clock and the virtual clock. The goal is to
|
|
|
|
have a guest running at the real frequency imposed by the shift
|
|
|
|
option. Whenever the guest clock is behind the host clock and if
|
|
|
|
``align=on`` is specified then we print a message to the user to
|
|
|
|
inform about the delay. Currently this option does not work when
|
|
|
|
``shift`` is ``auto``. Note: The sync algorithm will work for those
|
|
|
|
shift values for which the guest clock runs ahead of the host clock.
|
|
|
|
Typically this happens when the shift value is high (how high
|
2020-11-21 22:35:06 +01:00
|
|
|
depends on the host machine). The default if icount is enabled
|
|
|
|
is ``align=off``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When the ``rr`` option is specified deterministic record/replay is
|
|
|
|
enabled. The ``rrfile=`` option must also be provided to
|
|
|
|
specify the path to the replay log. In record mode data is written
|
|
|
|
to this file, and in replay mode it is read back.
|
|
|
|
If the ``rrsnapshot`` option is given then it specifies a VM snapshot
|
|
|
|
name. In record mode, a new VM snapshot with the given name is created
|
|
|
|
at the start of execution recording. In replay mode this option
|
|
|
|
specifies the snapshot name used to load the initial VM state.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-25 14:56:19 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("watchdog", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog, \
|
2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02:00
|
|
|
"-watchdog model\n" \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
" enable virtual hardware watchdog [default=none]\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-watchdog model``
|
|
|
|
Create a virtual hardware watchdog device. Once enabled (by a guest
|
|
|
|
action), the watchdog must be periodically polled by an agent inside
|
|
|
|
the guest or else the guest will be restarted. Choose a model for
|
|
|
|
which your guest has drivers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The model is the model of hardware watchdog to emulate. Use
|
|
|
|
``-watchdog help`` to list available hardware models. Only one
|
|
|
|
watchdog can be enabled for a guest.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following models may be available:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``ib700``
|
|
|
|
iBASE 700 is a very simple ISA watchdog with a single timer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``i6300esb``
|
|
|
|
Intel 6300ESB I/O controller hub is a much more featureful
|
|
|
|
PCI-based dual-timer watchdog.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``diag288``
|
|
|
|
A virtual watchdog for s390x backed by the diagnose 288
|
|
|
|
hypercall (currently KVM only).
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-04-25 14:56:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("watchdog-action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog_action, \
|
2017-10-02 16:03:07 +02:00
|
|
|
"-watchdog-action reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
" action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-watchdog-action action``
|
|
|
|
The action controls what QEMU will do when the watchdog timer
|
|
|
|
expires. The default is ``reset`` (forcefully reset the guest).
|
|
|
|
Other possible actions are: ``shutdown`` (attempt to gracefully
|
|
|
|
shutdown the guest), ``poweroff`` (forcefully poweroff the guest),
|
|
|
|
``inject-nmi`` (inject a NMI into the guest), ``pause`` (pause the
|
|
|
|
guest), ``debug`` (print a debug message and continue), or ``none``
|
|
|
|
(do nothing).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that the ``shutdown`` action requires that the guest responds
|
|
|
|
to ACPI signals, which it may not be able to do in the sort of
|
|
|
|
situations where the watchdog would have expired, and thus
|
|
|
|
``-watchdog-action shutdown`` is not recommended for production use.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-watchdog i6300esb -watchdog-action pause``; \ ``-watchdog ib700``
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-04-25 14:56:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("echr", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_echr, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-echr chr set terminal escape character instead of ctrl-a\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-echr numeric_ascii_value``
|
|
|
|
Change the escape character used for switching to the monitor when
|
|
|
|
using monitor and serial sharing. The default is ``0x01`` when using
|
|
|
|
the ``-nographic`` option. ``0x01`` is equal to pressing
|
|
|
|
``Control-a``. You can select a different character from the ascii
|
|
|
|
control keys where 1 through 26 map to Control-a through Control-z.
|
|
|
|
For instance you could use the either of the following to change the
|
|
|
|
escape character to Control-t.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-echr 0x14``; \ ``-echr 20``
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("incoming", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_incoming, \
|
2021-02-16 20:10:22 +01:00
|
|
|
"-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
|
|
|
|
"-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
|
2015-02-10 20:40:47 +01:00
|
|
|
"-incoming unix:socketpath\n" \
|
|
|
|
" prepare for incoming migration, listen on\n" \
|
|
|
|
" specified protocol and socket address\n" \
|
|
|
|
"-incoming fd:fd\n" \
|
|
|
|
"-incoming exec:cmdline\n" \
|
|
|
|
" accept incoming migration on given file descriptor\n" \
|
2015-05-29 20:52:52 +02:00
|
|
|
" or from given external command\n" \
|
|
|
|
"-incoming defer\n" \
|
|
|
|
" wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming\n",
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
2021-02-16 20:10:22 +01:00
|
|
|
``-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
\
|
2021-02-16 20:10:22 +01:00
|
|
|
``-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given tcp port.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-incoming unix:socketpath``
|
|
|
|
Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given unix socket.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-incoming fd:fd``
|
|
|
|
Accept incoming migration from a given filedescriptor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-incoming exec:cmdline``
|
|
|
|
Accept incoming migration as an output from specified external
|
|
|
|
command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-incoming defer``
|
|
|
|
Wait for the URI to be specified via migrate\_incoming. The monitor
|
|
|
|
can be used to change settings (such as migration parameters) prior
|
|
|
|
to issuing the migrate\_incoming to allow the migration to begin.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2017-01-16 12:31:51 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("only-migratable", 0, QEMU_OPTION_only_migratable, \
|
|
|
|
"-only-migratable allow only migratable devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-only-migratable``
|
|
|
|
Only allow migratable devices. Devices will not be allowed to enter
|
|
|
|
an unmigratable state.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2017-01-16 12:31:51 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("nodefaults", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nodefaults, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-nodefaults don't create default devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-nodefaults``
|
|
|
|
Don't create default devices. Normally, QEMU sets the default
|
|
|
|
devices like serial port, parallel port, virtual console, monitor
|
|
|
|
device, VGA adapter, floppy and CD-ROM drive and others. The
|
|
|
|
``-nodefaults`` option will disable all those default devices.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
#ifndef _WIN32
|
|
|
|
DEF("chroot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chroot, \
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-chroot dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-chroot dir``
|
|
|
|
Immediately before starting guest execution, chroot to the specified
|
|
|
|
directory. Especially useful in combination with -runas.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef _WIN32
|
|
|
|
DEF("runas", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_runas, \
|
2017-09-15 19:10:44 +02:00
|
|
|
"-runas user change to user id user just before starting the VM\n" \
|
|
|
|
" user can be numeric uid:gid instead\n",
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-runas user``
|
|
|
|
Immediately before starting guest execution, drop root privileges,
|
|
|
|
switching to the specified user.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("prom-env", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_prom_env,
|
|
|
|
"-prom-env variable=value\n"
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
" set OpenBIOS nvram variables\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-prom-env variable=value``
|
|
|
|
Set OpenBIOS nvram variable to given value (PPC, SPARC only).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
qemu-system-sparc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
|
|
|
|
-prom-env 'boot-device=sd(0,2,0):d' -prom-env 'boot-args=linux single'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
qemu-system-ppc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
|
|
|
|
-prom-env 'boot-device=hd:2,\yaboot' \
|
|
|
|
-prom-env 'boot-args=conf=hd:2,\yaboot.conf'
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("semihosting", 0, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting,
|
2014-04-22 20:18:42 +02:00
|
|
|
"-semihosting semihosting mode\n",
|
2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
|
2021-01-08 23:42:52 +01:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-semihosting``
|
2021-01-08 23:42:52 +01:00
|
|
|
Enable semihosting mode (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V only).
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
|
|
|
|
should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the -semihosting-config option documentation for further
|
|
|
|
information about the facilities this enables.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2014-12-11 13:07:48 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("semihosting-config", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting_config,
|
2019-05-14 16:30:14 +02:00
|
|
|
"-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,arg=str[,...]]\n" \
|
2015-06-19 15:17:45 +02:00
|
|
|
" semihosting configuration\n",
|
2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
|
2021-01-08 23:42:52 +01:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,arg=str[,...]]``
|
2021-01-08 23:42:52 +01:00
|
|
|
Enable and configure semihosting (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
only).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
|
|
|
|
should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On Arm this implements the standard semihosting API, version 2.0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On M68K this implements the "ColdFire GDB" interface used by
|
|
|
|
libgloss.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Xtensa semihosting provides basic file IO calls, such as
|
|
|
|
open/read/write/seek/select. Tensilica baremetal libc for ISS and
|
|
|
|
linux platform "sim" use this interface.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-01-08 23:42:52 +01:00
|
|
|
On RISC-V this implements the standard semihosting API, version 0.2.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
``target=native|gdb|auto``
|
|
|
|
Defines where the semihosting calls will be addressed, to QEMU
|
|
|
|
(``native``) or to GDB (``gdb``). The default is ``auto``, which
|
|
|
|
means ``gdb`` during debug sessions and ``native`` otherwise.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``chardev=str1``
|
|
|
|
Send the output to a chardev backend output for native or auto
|
|
|
|
output when not in gdb
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``arg=str1,arg=str2,...``
|
|
|
|
Allows the user to pass input arguments, and can be used
|
|
|
|
multiple times to build up a list. The old-style
|
|
|
|
``-kernel``/``-append`` method of passing a command line is
|
|
|
|
still supported for backward compatibility. If both the
|
|
|
|
``--semihosting-config arg`` and the ``-kernel``/``-append`` are
|
|
|
|
specified, the former is passed to semihosting as it always
|
|
|
|
takes precedence.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-03-28 07:44:27 +01:00
|
|
|
DEF("old-param", 0, QEMU_OPTION_old_param,
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-old-param old param mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-old-param``
|
|
|
|
Old param mode (ARM only).
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2010-01-20 22:25:27 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2012-08-14 23:44:08 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("sandbox", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sandbox, \
|
2017-03-13 22:13:27 +01:00
|
|
|
"-sandbox on[,obsolete=allow|deny][,elevateprivileges=allow|deny|children]\n" \
|
2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01:00
|
|
|
" [,spawn=allow|deny][,resourcecontrol=allow|deny]\n" \
|
2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01:00
|
|
|
" Enable seccomp mode 2 system call filter (default 'off').\n" \
|
|
|
|
" use 'obsolete' to allow obsolete system calls that are provided\n" \
|
|
|
|
" by the kernel, but typically no longer used by modern\n" \
|
2017-03-13 22:13:27 +01:00
|
|
|
" C library implementations.\n" \
|
2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01:00
|
|
|
" use 'elevateprivileges' to allow or deny the QEMU process ability\n" \
|
|
|
|
" to elevate privileges using set*uid|gid system calls.\n" \
|
2017-03-13 22:13:27 +01:00
|
|
|
" The value 'children' will deny set*uid|gid system calls for\n" \
|
2017-03-13 22:16:01 +01:00
|
|
|
" main QEMU process but will allow forks and execves to run unprivileged\n" \
|
|
|
|
" use 'spawn' to avoid QEMU to spawn new threads or processes by\n" \
|
2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01:00
|
|
|
" blocking *fork and execve\n" \
|
2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01:00
|
|
|
" use 'resourcecontrol' to disable process affinity and schedular priority\n",
|
2012-08-14 23:44:08 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-sandbox arg[,obsolete=string][,elevateprivileges=string][,spawn=string][,resourcecontrol=string]``
|
|
|
|
Enable Seccomp mode 2 system call filter. 'on' will enable syscall
|
|
|
|
filtering and 'off' will disable it. The default is 'off'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``obsolete=string``
|
|
|
|
Enable Obsolete system calls
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``elevateprivileges=string``
|
|
|
|
Disable set\*uid\|gid system calls
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``spawn=string``
|
|
|
|
Disable \*fork and execve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``resourcecontrol=string``
|
|
|
|
Disable process affinity and schedular priority
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2012-08-14 23:44:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2009-10-14 10:39:28 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("readconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_readconfig,
|
2010-03-29 21:23:52 +02:00
|
|
|
"-readconfig <file>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-readconfig file``
|
|
|
|
Read device configuration from file. This approach is useful when
|
|
|
|
you want to spawn QEMU process with many command line options but
|
|
|
|
you don't want to exceed the command line character limit.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2009-10-14 10:39:28 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("writeconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_writeconfig,
|
|
|
|
"-writeconfig <file>\n"
|
2021-02-25 11:55:27 +01:00
|
|
|
" read/write config file (deprecated)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2018-08-21 12:59:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2012-05-02 18:07:29 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("no-user-config", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nouserconfig,
|
|
|
|
"-no-user-config\n"
|
2017-10-04 05:00:25 +02:00
|
|
|
" do not load default user-provided config files at startup\n",
|
2012-05-02 18:07:29 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-no-user-config``
|
|
|
|
The ``-no-user-config`` option makes QEMU not load any of the
|
|
|
|
user-provided config files on sysconfdir.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2018-08-21 12:59:56 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-09 12:48:32 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("trace", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_trace,
|
2016-01-07 14:55:26 +01:00
|
|
|
"-trace [[enable=]<pattern>][,events=<file>][,file=<file>]\n"
|
2011-08-31 20:31:31 +02:00
|
|
|
" specify tracing options\n",
|
2010-08-09 12:48:32 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-trace [[enable=]pattern][,events=file][,file=file]``
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. include:: ../qemu-option-trace.rst.inc
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2017-07-24 16:28:22 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("plugin", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_plugin,
|
2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02:00
|
|
|
"-plugin [file=]<file>[,<argname>=<argvalue>]\n"
|
2017-07-24 16:28:22 +02:00
|
|
|
" load a plugin\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02:00
|
|
|
``-plugin file=file[,argname=argvalue]``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Load a plugin.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``file=file``
|
|
|
|
Load the given plugin from a shared library file.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02:00
|
|
|
``argname=argvalue``
|
|
|
|
Argument passed to the plugin. (Can be given multiple times.)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
ERST
|
2010-01-16 18:19:44 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2013-02-13 19:49:37 +01:00
|
|
|
HXCOMM Internal use
|
|
|
|
DEF("qtest", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
|
|
|
DEF("qtest-log", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest_log, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2012-03-28 15:42:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2012-08-03 20:39:21 +02:00
|
|
|
#ifdef __linux__
|
|
|
|
DEF("enable-fips", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enablefips,
|
|
|
|
"-enable-fips enable FIPS 140-2 compliance\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-enable-fips``
|
|
|
|
Enable FIPS 140-2 compliance mode.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2012-08-03 20:39:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2013-07-04 05:02:46 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("msg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_msg,
|
2020-06-26 22:19:00 +02:00
|
|
|
"-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name=[on|off]]\n"
|
2019-10-10 10:15:08 +02:00
|
|
|
" control error message format\n"
|
2020-06-26 22:19:00 +02:00
|
|
|
" timestamp=on enables timestamps (default: off)\n"
|
|
|
|
" guest-name=on enables guest name prefix but only if\n"
|
|
|
|
" -name guest option is set (default: off)\n",
|
2013-07-04 05:02:46 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
2020-06-26 22:19:00 +02:00
|
|
|
``-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name[=on|off]]``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Control error message format.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``timestamp=on|off``
|
|
|
|
Prefix messages with a timestamp. Default is off.
|
2020-06-26 22:19:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``guest-name=on|off``
|
|
|
|
Prefix messages with guest name but only if -name guest option is set
|
|
|
|
otherwise the option is ignored. Default is off.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
ERST
|
2013-07-04 05:02:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2014-06-20 15:26:08 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("dump-vmstate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dump_vmstate,
|
|
|
|
"-dump-vmstate <file>\n"
|
|
|
|
" Output vmstate information in JSON format to file.\n"
|
|
|
|
" Use the scripts/vmstate-static-checker.py file to\n"
|
|
|
|
" check for possible regressions in migration code\n"
|
2015-09-04 21:30:04 +02:00
|
|
|
" by comparing two such vmstate dumps.\n",
|
2014-06-20 15:26:08 +02:00
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-dump-vmstate file``
|
|
|
|
Dump json-encoded vmstate information for current machine type to
|
|
|
|
file in file
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2014-06-20 15:26:08 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2018-08-15 17:42:49 +02:00
|
|
|
DEF("enable-sync-profile", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_sync_profile,
|
|
|
|
"-enable-sync-profile\n"
|
|
|
|
" enable synchronization profiling\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-enable-sync-profile``
|
|
|
|
Enable synchronization profiling.
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2018-08-15 17:42:49 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01:00
|
|
|
DEFHEADING()
|
2017-10-02 16:03:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEFHEADING(Generic object creation:)
|
2015-05-13 18:14:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEF("object", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_object,
|
|
|
|
"-object TYPENAME[,PROP1=VALUE1,...]\n"
|
|
|
|
" create a new object of type TYPENAME setting properties\n"
|
|
|
|
" in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'\n"
|
|
|
|
" property must be set. These objects are placed in the\n"
|
|
|
|
" '/objects' path.\n",
|
|
|
|
QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
SRST
|
|
|
|
``-object typename[,prop1=value1,...]``
|
|
|
|
Create a new object of type typename setting properties in the order
|
|
|
|
they are specified. Note that the 'id' property must be set. These
|
|
|
|
objects are placed in the '/objects' path.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-01-04 18:13:19 +01:00
|
|
|
``-object memory-backend-file,id=id,size=size,mem-path=dir,share=on|off,discard-data=on|off,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,prealloc=on|off,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,align=align,readonly=on|off``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Creates a memory file backend object, which can be used to back
|
|
|
|
the guest RAM with huge pages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
|
2021-04-22 10:42:02 +02:00
|
|
|
reference this memory region in other parameters, e.g. ``-numa``,
|
|
|
|
``-device nvdimm``, etc.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``size`` option provides the size of the memory region, and
|
2021-04-22 10:42:02 +02:00
|
|
|
accepts common suffixes, e.g. ``500M``.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``mem-path`` provides the path to either a shared memory or
|
|
|
|
huge page filesystem mount.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``share`` boolean option determines whether the memory
|
|
|
|
region is marked as private to QEMU, or shared. The latter
|
|
|
|
allows a co-operating external process to access the QEMU memory
|
|
|
|
region.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``share`` is also required for pvrdma devices due to
|
|
|
|
limitations in the RDMA API provided by Linux.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting share=on might affect the ability to configure NUMA
|
|
|
|
bindings for the memory backend under some circumstances, see
|
|
|
|
Documentation/vm/numa\_memory\_policy.txt on the Linux kernel
|
|
|
|
source tree for additional details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting the ``discard-data`` boolean option to on indicates that
|
|
|
|
file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits, to avoid
|
|
|
|
unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note that
|
|
|
|
``discard-data`` is only an optimization, and QEMU might not
|
|
|
|
discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is terminated
|
|
|
|
using SIGKILL.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``merge`` boolean option enables memory merge, also known as
|
|
|
|
MADV\_MERGEABLE, so that Kernel Samepage Merging will consider
|
|
|
|
the pages for memory deduplication.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting the ``dump`` boolean option to off excludes the memory
|
|
|
|
from core dumps. This feature is also known as MADV\_DONTDUMP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``prealloc`` boolean option enables memory preallocation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``host-nodes`` option binds the memory range to a list of
|
|
|
|
NUMA host nodes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``policy`` option sets the NUMA policy to one of the
|
|
|
|
following values:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``default``
|
|
|
|
default host policy
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``preferred``
|
|
|
|
prefer the given host node list for allocation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``bind``
|
|
|
|
restrict memory allocation to the given host node list
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``interleave``
|
|
|
|
interleave memory allocations across the given host node
|
|
|
|
list
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``align`` option specifies the base address alignment when
|
|
|
|
QEMU mmap(2) ``mem-path``, and accepts common suffixes, eg
|
|
|
|
``2M``. Some backend store specified by ``mem-path`` requires an
|
|
|
|
alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, eg the
|
|
|
|
device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In
|
|
|
|
such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this
|
|
|
|
option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``pmem`` option specifies whether the backing file specified
|
|
|
|
by ``mem-path`` is in host persistent memory that can be
|
|
|
|
accessed using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel
|
|
|
|
NVDIMM). If ``pmem`` is set to 'on', QEMU will take necessary
|
|
|
|
operations to guarantee the persistence of its own writes to
|
|
|
|
``mem-path`` (e.g. in vNVDIMM label emulation and live
|
|
|
|
migration). Also, we will map the backend-file with MAP\_SYNC
|
|
|
|
flag, which ensures the file metadata is in sync for
|
|
|
|
``mem-path`` in case of host crash or a power failure. MAP\_SYNC
|
|
|
|
requires support from both the host kernel (since Linux kernel
|
|
|
|
4.15) and the filesystem of ``mem-path`` mounted with DAX
|
|
|
|
option.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-01-04 18:13:19 +01:00
|
|
|
The ``readonly`` option specifies whether the backing file is opened
|
|
|
|
read-only or read-write (default).
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
``-object memory-backend-ram,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave``
|
|
|
|
Creates a memory backend object, which can be used to back the
|
|
|
|
guest RAM. Memory backend objects offer more control than the
|
|
|
|
``-m`` option that is traditionally used to define guest RAM.
|
|
|
|
Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
|
|
|
|
options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-object memory-backend-memfd,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,seal=on|off,hugetlb=on|off,hugetlbsize=size``
|
|
|
|
Creates an anonymous memory file backend object, which allows
|
|
|
|
QEMU to share the memory with an external process (e.g. when
|
|
|
|
using vhost-user). The memory is allocated with memfd and
|
|
|
|
optional sealing. (Linux only)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``seal`` option creates a sealed-file, that will block
|
|
|
|
further resizing the memory ('on' by default).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``hugetlb`` option specify the file to be created resides in
|
|
|
|
the hugetlbfs filesystem (since Linux 4.14). Used in conjunction
|
|
|
|
with the ``hugetlb`` option, the ``hugetlbsize`` option specify
|
|
|
|
the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb
|
|
|
|
page sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the
|
|
|
|
system).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In some versions of Linux, the ``hugetlb`` option is
|
|
|
|
incompatible with the ``seal`` option (requires at least Linux
|
|
|
|
4.16).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
|
|
|
|
other options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``share`` boolean option is on by default with memfd.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-object rng-builtin,id=id``
|
|
|
|
Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
|
|
|
|
from QEMU builtin functions. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
|
|
|
|
that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
|
|
|
|
``virtio-rng`` device. By default, the ``virtio-rng`` device
|
|
|
|
uses this RNG backend.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-object rng-random,id=id,filename=/dev/random``
|
|
|
|
Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
|
|
|
|
from a device on the host. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
|
|
|
|
that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
|
|
|
|
``virtio-rng`` device. The ``filename`` parameter specifies
|
|
|
|
which file to obtain entropy from and if omitted defaults to
|
|
|
|
``/dev/urandom``.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-object rng-egd,id=id,chardev=chardevid``
|
|
|
|
Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
|
|
|
|
from an external daemon running on the host. The ``id``
|
|
|
|
parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
|
|
|
|
entropy backend from the ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``chardev``
|
|
|
|
parameter is the unique ID of a character device backend that
|
|
|
|
provides the connection to the RNG daemon.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-object tls-creds-anon,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,verify-peer=on|off``
|
|
|
|
Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
|
|
|
|
provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
|
|
|
|
a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
|
|
|
|
credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
|
|
|
|
depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
|
|
|
|
credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
|
|
|
|
``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
|
|
|
|
is completed, the peer credentials will be verified, though this
|
|
|
|
is a no-op for anonymous credentials.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
|
|
|
|
For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
|
|
|
|
dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
|
|
|
|
TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
|
|
|
|
DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
|
|
|
|
operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
|
|
|
|
recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
|
|
|
|
upfront and saved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-object tls-creds-psk,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/keys/dir[,username=username]``
|
|
|
|
Creates a TLS Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) credentials object, which
|
|
|
|
can be used to provide TLS support on network backends. The
|
|
|
|
``id`` parameter is a unique ID which network backends will use
|
|
|
|
to access the credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server``
|
|
|
|
or ``client`` depending on whether the QEMU network backend that
|
|
|
|
uses the credentials will be acting as a client or as a server.
|
|
|
|
For clients only, ``username`` is the username which will be
|
|
|
|
sent to the server. If omitted it defaults to "qemu".
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the keys file. It is
|
|
|
|
called "dir/keys.psk" and contains "username:key" pairs. This
|
|
|
|
file can most easily be created using the GnuTLS ``psktool``
|
|
|
|
program.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For server endpoints, dir may also contain a file dh-params.pem
|
|
|
|
providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the TLS server.
|
|
|
|
If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of DH
|
|
|
|
parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
|
|
|
|
operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
|
|
|
|
recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated up
|
|
|
|
front and saved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-object tls-creds-x509,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,priority=priority,verify-peer=on|off,passwordid=id``
|
|
|
|
Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
|
|
|
|
provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
|
|
|
|
a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
|
|
|
|
credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
|
|
|
|
depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
|
|
|
|
credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
|
|
|
|
``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
|
|
|
|
is completed, the peer credentials will be verified. With x509
|
|
|
|
certificates, this implies that the clients must be provided
|
|
|
|
with valid client certificates too.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
|
|
|
|
For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
|
|
|
|
dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
|
|
|
|
TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
|
|
|
|
DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
|
|
|
|
operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
|
|
|
|
recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
|
|
|
|
upfront and saved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For x509 certificate credentials the directory will contain
|
|
|
|
further files providing the x509 certificates. The certificates
|
|
|
|
must be stored in PEM format, in filenames ca-cert.pem,
|
|
|
|
ca-crl.pem (optional), server-cert.pem (only servers),
|
|
|
|
server-key.pem (only servers), client-cert.pem (only clients),
|
|
|
|
and client-key.pem (only clients).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the server-key.pem and client-key.pem files which contain
|
|
|
|
sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted
|
|
|
|
version by providing the passwordid parameter. This provides the
|
|
|
|
ID of a previously created ``secret`` object containing the
|
|
|
|
password for decryption.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The priority parameter allows to override the global default
|
|
|
|
priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
|
|
|
|
administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
|
|
|
|
QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
|
|
|
|
applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
|
|
|
|
default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
|
|
|
|
this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
|
|
|
|
string as described at
|
|
|
|
https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
|
|
|
|
|
crypto: Add tls-cipher-suites object
On the host OS, various aspects of TLS operation are configurable.
In particular it is possible for the sysadmin to control the TLS
cipher/protocol algorithms that applications are permitted to use.
* Any given crypto library has a built-in default priority list
defined by the distro maintainer of the library package (or by
upstream).
* The "crypto-policies" RPM (or equivalent host OS package)
provides a config file such as "/etc/crypto-policies/config",
where the sysadmin can set a high level (library-independent)
policy.
The "update-crypto-policies --set" command (or equivalent) is
used to translate the global policy to individual library
representations, producing files such as
"/etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/*.config". The generated files,
if present, are loaded by the various crypto libraries to
override their own built-in defaults.
For example, the GNUTLS library may read
"/etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/gnutls.config".
* A management application (or the QEMU user) may overide the
system-wide crypto-policies config via their own config, if
they need to diverge from the former.
Thus the priority order is "QEMU user config" > "crypto-policies
system config" > "library built-in config".
Introduce the "tls-cipher-suites" object for exposing the ordered
list of permitted TLS cipher suites from the host side to the
guest firmware, via fw_cfg. The list is represented as an array
of bytes.
The priority at which the host-side policy is retrieved is given
by the "priority" property of the new object type. For example,
"priority=@SYSTEM" may be used to refer to
"/etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/gnutls.config" (given that QEMU
uses GNUTLS).
The firmware uses the IANA_TLS_CIPHER array for configuring
guest-side TLS, for example in UEFI HTTPS Boot.
[Description from Daniel P. Berrangé, edited by Laszlo Ersek.]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel P. Berrangé <berrange@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20200623172726.21040-2-philmd@redhat.com>
2018-10-11 20:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
``-object tls-cipher-suites,id=id,priority=priority``
|
|
|
|
Creates a TLS cipher suites object, which can be used to control
|
|
|
|
the TLS cipher/protocol algorithms that applications are permitted
|
|
|
|
to use.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which frontends will use to
|
|
|
|
access the ordered list of permitted TLS cipher suites from the
|
|
|
|
host.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``priority`` parameter allows to override the global default
|
|
|
|
priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
|
|
|
|
QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
|
|
|
|
applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
|
|
|
|
default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
|
|
|
|
this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
|
|
|
|
string as described at
|
|
|
|
https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
|
|
|
|
|
crypto/tls-cipher-suites: Produce fw_cfg consumable blob
Since our format is consumable by the fw_cfg device,
we can implement the FW_CFG_DATA_GENERATOR interface.
Example of use to dump the cipher suites (if tracing enabled):
$ qemu-system-x86_64 -S \
-object tls-cipher-suites,id=mysuite1,priority=@SYSTEM \
-fw_cfg name=etc/path/to/ciphers,gen_id=mysuite1 \
-trace qcrypto\*
1590664444.197123:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_priority priority: @SYSTEM
1590664444.197219:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x13,0x02] version=TLS1.3 name=TLS_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
1590664444.197228:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x13,0x03] version=TLS1.3 name=TLS_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256
1590664444.197233:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x13,0x01] version=TLS1.3 name=TLS_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
1590664444.197236:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x13,0x04] version=TLS1.3 name=TLS_AES_128_CCM_SHA256
1590664444.197240:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x30] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_ECDHE_RSA_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
1590664444.197245:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xcc,0xa8] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_ECDHE_RSA_CHACHA20_POLY1305
1590664444.197250:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x14] version=TLS1.0 name=TLS_ECDHE_RSA_AES_256_CBC_SHA1
1590664444.197254:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x2f] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_ECDHE_RSA_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
1590664444.197258:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x13] version=TLS1.0 name=TLS_ECDHE_RSA_AES_128_CBC_SHA1
1590664444.197261:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x2c] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
1590664444.197266:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xcc,0xa9] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_CHACHA20_POLY1305
1590664444.197270:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0xad] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_AES_256_CCM
1590664444.197274:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x0a] version=TLS1.0 name=TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_AES_256_CBC_SHA1
1590664444.197278:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x2b] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
1590664444.197283:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0xac] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_AES_128_CCM
1590664444.197287:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x09] version=TLS1.0 name=TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_AES_128_CBC_SHA1
1590664444.197291:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x00,0x9d] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_RSA_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
1590664444.197296:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x9d] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_RSA_AES_256_CCM
1590664444.197300:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x00,0x35] version=TLS1.0 name=TLS_RSA_AES_256_CBC_SHA1
1590664444.197304:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x00,0x9c] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_RSA_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
1590664444.197308:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x9c] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_RSA_AES_128_CCM
1590664444.197312:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x00,0x2f] version=TLS1.0 name=TLS_RSA_AES_128_CBC_SHA1
1590664444.197316:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x00,0x9f] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_DHE_RSA_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
1590664444.197320:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xcc,0xaa] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_DHE_RSA_CHACHA20_POLY1305
1590664444.197325:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x9f] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_DHE_RSA_AES_256_CCM
1590664444.197329:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x00,0x39] version=TLS1.0 name=TLS_DHE_RSA_AES_256_CBC_SHA1
1590664444.197333:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x00,0x9e] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_DHE_RSA_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
1590664444.197337:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x9e] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_DHE_RSA_AES_128_CCM
1590664444.197341:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x00,0x33] version=TLS1.0 name=TLS_DHE_RSA_AES_128_CBC_SHA1
1590664444.197345:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_count count: 29
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel P. Berrangé <berrange@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20200623172726.21040-6-philmd@redhat.com>
2020-05-14 15:15:47 +02:00
|
|
|
An example of use of this object is to control UEFI HTTPS Boot.
|
|
|
|
The tls-cipher-suites object exposes the ordered list of permitted
|
|
|
|
TLS cipher suites from the host side to the guest firmware, via
|
|
|
|
fw_cfg. The list is represented as an array of IANA_TLS_CIPHER
|
|
|
|
objects. The firmware uses the IANA_TLS_CIPHER array for configuring
|
|
|
|
guest-side TLS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the following example, the priority at which the host-side policy
|
|
|
|
is retrieved is given by the ``priority`` property.
|
|
|
|
Given that QEMU uses GNUTLS, ``priority=@SYSTEM`` may be used to
|
|
|
|
refer to /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/gnutls.config.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
# |qemu_system| \\
|
|
|
|
-object tls-cipher-suites,id=mysuite0,priority=@SYSTEM \\
|
crypto/tls-cipher-suites: Produce fw_cfg consumable blob
Since our format is consumable by the fw_cfg device,
we can implement the FW_CFG_DATA_GENERATOR interface.
Example of use to dump the cipher suites (if tracing enabled):
$ qemu-system-x86_64 -S \
-object tls-cipher-suites,id=mysuite1,priority=@SYSTEM \
-fw_cfg name=etc/path/to/ciphers,gen_id=mysuite1 \
-trace qcrypto\*
1590664444.197123:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_priority priority: @SYSTEM
1590664444.197219:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x13,0x02] version=TLS1.3 name=TLS_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
1590664444.197228:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x13,0x03] version=TLS1.3 name=TLS_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256
1590664444.197233:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x13,0x01] version=TLS1.3 name=TLS_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
1590664444.197236:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x13,0x04] version=TLS1.3 name=TLS_AES_128_CCM_SHA256
1590664444.197240:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x30] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_ECDHE_RSA_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
1590664444.197245:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xcc,0xa8] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_ECDHE_RSA_CHACHA20_POLY1305
1590664444.197250:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x14] version=TLS1.0 name=TLS_ECDHE_RSA_AES_256_CBC_SHA1
1590664444.197254:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x2f] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_ECDHE_RSA_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
1590664444.197258:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x13] version=TLS1.0 name=TLS_ECDHE_RSA_AES_128_CBC_SHA1
1590664444.197261:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x2c] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
1590664444.197266:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xcc,0xa9] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_CHACHA20_POLY1305
1590664444.197270:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0xad] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_AES_256_CCM
1590664444.197274:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x0a] version=TLS1.0 name=TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_AES_256_CBC_SHA1
1590664444.197278:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x2b] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
1590664444.197283:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0xac] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_AES_128_CCM
1590664444.197287:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x09] version=TLS1.0 name=TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_AES_128_CBC_SHA1
1590664444.197291:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x00,0x9d] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_RSA_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
1590664444.197296:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x9d] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_RSA_AES_256_CCM
1590664444.197300:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x00,0x35] version=TLS1.0 name=TLS_RSA_AES_256_CBC_SHA1
1590664444.197304:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x00,0x9c] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_RSA_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
1590664444.197308:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x9c] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_RSA_AES_128_CCM
1590664444.197312:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x00,0x2f] version=TLS1.0 name=TLS_RSA_AES_128_CBC_SHA1
1590664444.197316:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x00,0x9f] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_DHE_RSA_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
1590664444.197320:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xcc,0xaa] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_DHE_RSA_CHACHA20_POLY1305
1590664444.197325:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x9f] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_DHE_RSA_AES_256_CCM
1590664444.197329:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x00,0x39] version=TLS1.0 name=TLS_DHE_RSA_AES_256_CBC_SHA1
1590664444.197333:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x00,0x9e] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_DHE_RSA_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
1590664444.197337:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0xc0,0x9e] version=TLS1.2 name=TLS_DHE_RSA_AES_128_CCM
1590664444.197341:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_info data=[0x00,0x33] version=TLS1.0 name=TLS_DHE_RSA_AES_128_CBC_SHA1
1590664444.197345:qcrypto_tls_cipher_suite_count count: 29
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel P. Berrangé <berrange@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20200623172726.21040-6-philmd@redhat.com>
2020-05-14 15:15:47 +02:00
|
|
|
-fw_cfg name=etc/edk2/https/ciphers,gen_id=mysuite0
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
``-object filter-buffer,id=id,netdev=netdevid,interval=t[,queue=all|rx|tx][,status=on|off][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
|
|
|
|
Interval t can't be 0, this filter batches the packet delivery:
|
|
|
|
all packets arriving in a given interval on netdev netdevid are
|
|
|
|
delayed until the end of the interval. Interval is in
|
|
|
|
microseconds. ``status`` is optional that indicate whether the
|
|
|
|
netfilter is on (enabled) or off (disabled), the default status
|
|
|
|
for netfilter will be 'on'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
queue all\|rx\|tx is an option that can be applied to any
|
|
|
|
netfilter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``all``: the filter is attached both to the receive and the
|
|
|
|
transmit queue of the netdev (default).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``rx``: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the
|
|
|
|
netdev, where it will receive packets sent to the netdev.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``tx``: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the
|
|
|
|
netdev, where it will receive packets sent by the netdev.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
position head\|tail\|id=<id> is an option to specify where the
|
|
|
|
filter should be inserted in the filter list. It can be applied
|
|
|
|
to any netfilter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``head``: the filter is inserted at the head of the filter list,
|
|
|
|
before any existing filters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``tail``: the filter is inserted at the tail of the filter list,
|
|
|
|
behind any existing filters (default).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``id=<id>``: the filter is inserted before or behind the filter
|
|
|
|
specified by <id>, see the insert option below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
insert behind\|before is an option to specify where to insert
|
|
|
|
the new filter relative to the one specified with
|
|
|
|
position=id=<id>. It can be applied to any netfilter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``before``: insert before the specified filter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``behind``: insert behind the specified filter (default).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-object filter-mirror,id=id,netdev=netdevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
|
|
|
|
filter-mirror on netdev netdevid,mirror net packet to
|
|
|
|
chardevchardevid, if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
|
|
|
|
filter-mirror will mirror packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-object filter-redirector,id=id,netdev=netdevid,indev=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
|
|
|
|
filter-redirector on netdev netdevid,redirect filter's net
|
|
|
|
packet to chardev chardevid,and redirect indev's packet to
|
|
|
|
filter.if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, filter-redirector
|
|
|
|
will redirect packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. Create a
|
|
|
|
filter-redirector we need to differ outdev id from indev id, id
|
|
|
|
can not be the same. we can just use indev or outdev, but at
|
|
|
|
least one of indev or outdev need to be specified.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-object filter-rewriter,id=id,netdev=netdevid,queue=all|rx|tx,[vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
|
|
|
|
Filter-rewriter is a part of COLO project.It will rewrite tcp
|
|
|
|
packet to secondary from primary to keep secondary tcp
|
|
|
|
connection,and rewrite tcp packet to primary from secondary make
|
|
|
|
tcp packet can be handled by client.if it has the
|
|
|
|
vnet\_hdr\_support flag, we can parse packet with vnet header.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
usage: colo secondary: -object
|
|
|
|
filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 -object
|
|
|
|
filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 -object
|
|
|
|
filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-object filter-dump,id=id,netdev=dev[,file=filename][,maxlen=len][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
|
|
|
|
Dump the network traffic on netdev dev to the file specified by
|
|
|
|
filename. At most len bytes (64k by default) per packet are
|
|
|
|
stored. The file format is libpcap, so it can be analyzed with
|
|
|
|
tools such as tcpdump or Wireshark.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-06-24 03:20:41 +02:00
|
|
|
``-object colo-compare,id=id,primary_in=chardevid,secondary_in=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,iothread=id[,vnet_hdr_support][,notify_dev=id][,compare_timeout=@var{ms}][,expired_scan_cycle=@var{ms}][,max_queue_size=@var{size}]``
|
2020-06-24 03:20:42 +02:00
|
|
|
Colo-compare gets packet from primary\_in chardevid and
|
|
|
|
secondary\_in, then compare whether the payload of primary packet
|
|
|
|
and secondary packet are the same. If same, it will output
|
|
|
|
primary packet to out\_dev, else it will notify COLO-framework to do
|
|
|
|
checkpoint and send primary packet to out\_dev. In order to
|
|
|
|
improve efficiency, we need to put the task of comparison in
|
|
|
|
another iothread. If it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
|
|
|
|
colo compare will send/recv packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
|
|
|
|
The compare\_timeout=@var{ms} determines the maximum time of the
|
|
|
|
colo-compare hold the packet. The expired\_scan\_cycle=@var{ms}
|
|
|
|
is to set the period of scanning expired primary node network packets.
|
|
|
|
The max\_queue\_size=@var{size} is to set the max compare queue
|
|
|
|
size depend on user environment.
|
|
|
|
If user want to use Xen COLO, need to add the notify\_dev to
|
2020-03-18 09:23:19 +01:00
|
|
|
notify Xen colo-frame to do checkpoint.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-06-24 03:20:42 +02:00
|
|
|
COLO-compare must be used with the help of filter-mirror,
|
|
|
|
filter-redirector and filter-rewriter.
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KVM COLO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
primary:
|
|
|
|
-netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
|
|
|
|
-device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
-chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
|
|
|
|
-chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
|
|
|
|
-chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
-chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
-chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
-chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
|
|
|
|
-object iothread,id=iothread1
|
|
|
|
-object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
|
|
|
|
-object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
|
|
|
|
-object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
|
|
|
|
-object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,iothread=iothread1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
secondary:
|
|
|
|
-netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
|
|
|
|
-device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
|
|
|
|
-chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
|
|
|
|
-chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
|
|
|
|
-object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
|
|
|
|
-object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Xen COLO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
primary:
|
|
|
|
-netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
|
|
|
|
-device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
-chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
|
|
|
|
-chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
|
|
|
|
-chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
-chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
-chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
-chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
|
2021-02-16 20:10:19 +01:00
|
|
|
-chardev socket,id=notify_way,host=3.3.3.3,port=9009,server=on,wait=off
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
-object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
|
|
|
|
-object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
|
|
|
|
-object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
|
|
|
|
-object iothread,id=iothread1
|
|
|
|
-object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,notify_dev=nofity_way,iothread=iothread1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
secondary:
|
|
|
|
-netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
|
|
|
|
-device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
|
|
|
|
-chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
|
|
|
|
-chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
|
|
|
|
-object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
|
|
|
|
-object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to know the detail of above command line, you can
|
|
|
|
read the colo-compare git log.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=id[,queues=queues]``
|
|
|
|
Creates a cryptodev backend which executes crypto opreation from
|
|
|
|
the QEMU cipher APIS. The id parameter is a unique ID that will
|
|
|
|
be used to reference this cryptodev backend from the
|
|
|
|
``virtio-crypto`` device. The queues parameter is optional,
|
|
|
|
which specify the queue number of cryptodev backend, the default
|
|
|
|
of queues is 1.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
# |qemu_system| \\
|
|
|
|
[...] \\
|
|
|
|
-object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=cryptodev0 \\
|
|
|
|
-device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
[...]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=id,chardev=chardevid[,queues=queues]``
|
|
|
|
Creates a vhost-user cryptodev backend, backed by a chardev
|
|
|
|
chardevid. The id parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
|
|
|
|
reference this cryptodev backend from the ``virtio-crypto``
|
|
|
|
device. The chardev should be a unix domain socket backed one.
|
|
|
|
The vhost-user uses a specifically defined protocol to pass
|
|
|
|
vhost ioctl replacement messages to an application on the other
|
|
|
|
end of the socket. The queues parameter is optional, which
|
|
|
|
specify the queue number of cryptodev backend for multiqueue
|
|
|
|
vhost-user, the default of queues is 1.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
# |qemu_system| \\
|
|
|
|
[...] \\
|
|
|
|
-chardev socket,id=chardev0,path=/path/to/socket \\
|
|
|
|
-object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=cryptodev0,chardev=chardev0 \\
|
|
|
|
-device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
[...]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-object secret,id=id,data=string,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
``-object secret,id=id,file=filename,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
|
|
|
|
Defines a secret to store a password, encryption key, or some
|
|
|
|
other sensitive data. The sensitive data can either be passed
|
|
|
|
directly via the data parameter, or indirectly via the file
|
|
|
|
parameter. Using the data parameter is insecure unless the
|
|
|
|
sensitive data is encrypted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The sensitive data can be provided in raw format (the default),
|
|
|
|
or base64. When encoded as JSON, the raw format only supports
|
|
|
|
valid UTF-8 characters, so base64 is recommended for sending
|
|
|
|
binary data. QEMU will convert from which ever format is
|
|
|
|
provided to the format it needs internally. eg, an RBD password
|
|
|
|
can be provided in raw format, even though it will be base64
|
|
|
|
encoded when passed onto the RBD sever.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For added protection, it is possible to encrypt the data
|
|
|
|
associated with a secret using the AES-256-CBC cipher. Use of
|
|
|
|
encryption is indicated by providing the keyid and iv
|
|
|
|
parameters. The keyid parameter provides the ID of a previously
|
|
|
|
defined secret that contains the AES-256 decryption key. This
|
|
|
|
key should be 32-bytes long and be base64 encoded. The iv
|
|
|
|
parameter provides the random initialization vector used for
|
|
|
|
encryption of this particular secret and should be a base64
|
|
|
|
encrypted string of the 16-byte IV.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The simplest (insecure) usage is to provide the secret inline
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# |qemu_system| -object secret,id=sec0,data=letmein,format=raw
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The simplest secure usage is to provide the secret via a file
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# printf "letmein" > mypasswd.txt # QEMU\_SYSTEM\_MACRO -object
|
|
|
|
secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt,format=raw
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For greater security, AES-256-CBC should be used. To illustrate
|
|
|
|
usage, consider the openssl command line tool which can encrypt
|
|
|
|
the data. Note that when encrypting, the plaintext must be
|
|
|
|
padded to the cipher block size (32 bytes) using the standard
|
|
|
|
PKCS#5/6 compatible padding algorithm.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First a master key needs to be created in base64 encoding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# openssl rand -base64 32 > key.b64
|
|
|
|
# KEY=$(base64 -d key.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each secret to be encrypted needs to have a random
|
|
|
|
initialization vector generated. These do not need to be kept
|
|
|
|
secret
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# openssl rand -base64 16 > iv.b64
|
|
|
|
# IV=$(base64 -d iv.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The secret to be defined can now be encrypted, in this case
|
|
|
|
we're telling openssl to base64 encode the result, but it could
|
|
|
|
be left as raw bytes if desired.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# SECRET=$(printf "letmein" |
|
|
|
|
openssl enc -aes-256-cbc -a -K $KEY -iv $IV)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When launching QEMU, create a master secret pointing to
|
|
|
|
``key.b64`` and specify that to be used to decrypt the user
|
|
|
|
password. Pass the contents of ``iv.b64`` to the second secret
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
# |qemu_system| \\
|
|
|
|
-object secret,id=secmaster0,format=base64,file=key.b64 \\
|
|
|
|
-object secret,id=sec0,keyid=secmaster0,format=base64,\\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
data=$SECRET,iv=$(<iv.b64)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-object sev-guest,id=id,cbitpos=cbitpos,reduced-phys-bits=val,[sev-device=string,policy=policy,handle=handle,dh-cert-file=file,session-file=file]``
|
|
|
|
Create a Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) guest object,
|
|
|
|
which can be used to provide the guest memory encryption support
|
|
|
|
on AMD processors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When memory encryption is enabled, one of the physical address
|
|
|
|
bit (aka the C-bit) is utilized to mark if a memory page is
|
|
|
|
protected. The ``cbitpos`` is used to provide the C-bit
|
|
|
|
position. The C-bit position is Host family dependent hence user
|
|
|
|
must provide this value. On EPYC, the value should be 47.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When memory encryption is enabled, we loose certain bits in
|
|
|
|
physical address space. The ``reduced-phys-bits`` is used to
|
|
|
|
provide the number of bits we loose in physical address space.
|
|
|
|
Similar to C-bit, the value is Host family dependent. On EPYC,
|
|
|
|
the value should be 5.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``sev-device`` provides the device file to use for
|
|
|
|
communicating with the SEV firmware running inside AMD Secure
|
|
|
|
Processor. The default device is '/dev/sev'. If hardware
|
|
|
|
supports memory encryption then /dev/sev devices are created by
|
|
|
|
CCP driver.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``policy`` provides the guest policy to be enforced by the
|
|
|
|
SEV firmware and restrict what configuration and operational
|
|
|
|
commands can be performed on this guest by the hypervisor. The
|
|
|
|
policy should be provided by the guest owner and is bound to the
|
|
|
|
guest and cannot be changed throughout the lifetime of the
|
|
|
|
guest. The default is 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If guest ``policy`` allows sharing the key with another SEV
|
|
|
|
guest then ``handle`` can be use to provide handle of the guest
|
|
|
|
from which to share the key.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``dh-cert-file`` and ``session-file`` provides the guest
|
|
|
|
owner's Public Diffie-Hillman key defined in SEV spec. The PDH
|
|
|
|
and session parameters are used for establishing a cryptographic
|
|
|
|
session with the guest owner to negotiate keys used for
|
|
|
|
attestation. The file must be encoded in base64.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
e.g to launch a SEV guest
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
# |qemu_system_x86| \\
|
|
|
|
...... \\
|
|
|
|
-object sev-guest,id=sev0,cbitpos=47,reduced-phys-bits=5 \\
|
|
|
|
-machine ...,memory-encryption=sev0 \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
.....
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-object authz-simple,id=id,identity=string``
|
|
|
|
Create an authorization object that will control access to
|
|
|
|
network services.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``identity`` parameter is identifies the user and its format
|
|
|
|
depends on the network service that authorization object is
|
|
|
|
associated with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates,
|
|
|
|
the identity must be the x509 distinguished name. Note that care
|
|
|
|
must be taken to escape any commas in the distinguished name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An example authorization object to validate a x509 distinguished
|
|
|
|
name would look like:
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
# |qemu_system| \\
|
|
|
|
... \\
|
|
|
|
-object 'authz-simple,id=auth0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB' \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note the use of quotes due to the x509 distinguished name
|
|
|
|
containing whitespace, and escaping of ','.
|
|
|
|
|
2020-11-04 14:57:21 +01:00
|
|
|
``-object authz-listfile,id=id,filename=path,refresh=on|off``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Create an authorization object that will control access to
|
|
|
|
network services.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``filename`` parameter is the fully qualified path to a file
|
|
|
|
containing the access control list rules in JSON format.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An example set of rules that match against SASL usernames might
|
|
|
|
look like:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
"rules": [
|
|
|
|
{ "match": "fred", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
|
|
|
|
{ "match": "bob", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
|
|
|
|
{ "match": "danb", "policy": "deny", "format": "glob" },
|
|
|
|
{ "match": "dan*", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
|
|
|
|
],
|
|
|
|
"policy": "deny"
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When checking access the object will iterate over all the rules
|
|
|
|
and the first rule to match will have its ``policy`` value
|
|
|
|
returned as the result. If no rules match, then the default
|
|
|
|
``policy`` value is returned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The rules can either be an exact string match, or they can use
|
|
|
|
the simple UNIX glob pattern matching to allow wildcards to be
|
|
|
|
used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If ``refresh`` is set to true the file will be monitored and
|
|
|
|
automatically reloaded whenever its content changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As with the ``authz-simple`` object, the format of the identity
|
|
|
|
strings being matched depends on the network service, but is
|
|
|
|
usually a TLS x509 distinguished name, or a SASL username.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An example authorization object to validate a SASL username
|
|
|
|
would look like:
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
# |qemu_system| \\
|
|
|
|
... \\
|
2020-11-04 14:57:21 +01:00
|
|
|
-object authz-simple,id=auth0,filename=/etc/qemu/vnc-sasl.acl,refresh=on \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
``-object authz-pam,id=id,service=string``
|
|
|
|
Create an authorization object that will control access to
|
|
|
|
network services.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``service`` parameter provides the name of a PAM service to
|
|
|
|
use for authorization. It requires that a file
|
|
|
|
``/etc/pam.d/service`` exist to provide the configuration for
|
|
|
|
the ``account`` subsystem.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An example authorization object to validate a TLS x509
|
|
|
|
distinguished name would look like:
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-28 16:36:13 +01:00
|
|
|
.. parsed-literal::
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02:00
|
|
|
# |qemu_system| \\
|
|
|
|
... \\
|
|
|
|
-object authz-pam,id=auth0,service=qemu-vnc \\
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There would then be a corresponding config file for PAM at
|
|
|
|
``/etc/pam.d/qemu-vnc`` that contains:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
account requisite pam_listfile.so item=user sense=allow \
|
|
|
|
file=/etc/qemu/vnc.allow
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finally the ``/etc/qemu/vnc.allow`` file would contain the list
|
|
|
|
of x509 distingished names that are permitted access
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CN=laptop.example.com,O=Example Home,L=London,ST=London,C=GB
|
|
|
|
|
2021-07-21 11:42:10 +02:00
|
|
|
``-object iothread,id=id,poll-max-ns=poll-max-ns,poll-grow=poll-grow,poll-shrink=poll-shrink,aio-max-batch=aio-max-batch``
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
Creates a dedicated event loop thread that devices can be
|
|
|
|
assigned to. This is known as an IOThread. By default device
|
|
|
|
emulation happens in vCPU threads or the main event loop thread.
|
|
|
|
This can become a scalability bottleneck. IOThreads allow device
|
|
|
|
emulation and I/O to run on other host CPUs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
|
|
|
|
reference this IOThread from ``-device ...,iothread=id``.
|
|
|
|
Multiple devices can be assigned to an IOThread. Note that not
|
|
|
|
all devices support an ``iothread`` parameter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``query-iothreads`` QMP command lists IOThreads and reports
|
|
|
|
their thread IDs so that the user can configure host CPU
|
|
|
|
pinning/affinity.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IOThreads use an adaptive polling algorithm to reduce event loop
|
|
|
|
latency. Instead of entering a blocking system call to monitor
|
|
|
|
file descriptors and then pay the cost of being woken up when an
|
|
|
|
event occurs, the polling algorithm spins waiting for events for
|
|
|
|
a short time. The algorithm's default parameters are suitable
|
|
|
|
for many cases but can be adjusted based on knowledge of the
|
|
|
|
workload and/or host device latency.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``poll-max-ns`` parameter is the maximum number of
|
|
|
|
nanoseconds to busy wait for events. Polling can be disabled by
|
|
|
|
setting this value to 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``poll-grow`` parameter is the multiplier used to increase
|
|
|
|
the polling time when the algorithm detects it is missing events
|
|
|
|
due to not polling long enough.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``poll-shrink`` parameter is the divisor used to decrease
|
|
|
|
the polling time when the algorithm detects it is spending too
|
|
|
|
long polling without encountering events.
|
|
|
|
|
2021-07-21 11:42:10 +02:00
|
|
|
The ``aio-max-batch`` parameter is the maximum number of requests
|
|
|
|
in a batch for the AIO engine, 0 means that the engine will use
|
|
|
|
its default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The IOThread parameters can be modified at run-time using the
|
2020-03-06 11:07:14 +01:00
|
|
|
``qom-set`` command (where ``iothread1`` is the IOThread's
|
|
|
|
``id``):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
::
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(qemu) qom-set /objects/iothread1 poll-max-ns 100000
|
|
|
|
ERST
|
2015-05-13 18:14:03 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-16 18:19:44 +01:00
|
|
|
HXCOMM This is the last statement. Insert new options before this line!
|
2021-05-17 13:34:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#undef DEF
|
|
|
|
#undef DEFHEADING
|
|
|
|
#undef ARCHHEADING
|